2 Pharma Module

PHARMACOLOGY
UNIT I
FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF PHARMACOLOGY
CHAPTER I
Learning Objectives:
1. Identify the three core ethical principle.
2. Describe objectives of each phase of human clinical experimentation.
3. Discuss the Federal Legislation Acts related to US Food and Drug Administration
approval.
4. Describe the function of state nurse practice acts.
5. Differentiate between chemical, generic, brand names of drugs.
6. Define “över the counter” as it relates to drugs
US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is responsible for the approval of new drugs. In
2004. to facilitate the increase in number of drug production, the FDA initiated the Critical
Path Initiative, a national strategy to drive innovation in the scientific processes through
which medical products are developed, evaluated, and manufactured.
The process of drug discovery and manufacturing takes 10-12 years and costs more than
$1 billion for each drug.
CORE ETHICAL PRINCIPLES
A. Respect for Persons
Patients should be treated as independent persons who are capable of making decisions
in their own best interests. When making healthcare decision, patients should be informed
of any alternatives available as well as the consequences of treatment. The nurse should
assess the mental status of the patients, and in the case of decreased capacity in decision
making, they should be given the privilege for protection. Patient’s choice should be
recognized if they are not capable of making decisions
Autonomy is an essential segment of respect for persons. It is the right to self subsistence.
The patient has the right to refuse any and all treatment, and in the participation in
research or withdraw without penalty, except, when decision poses threat to others.
Pt have the right to refuse/participate in research study as well as withdraw without
penalty.
In 1947 Nuremberg Code, informed consent started and its related feature is the right to
be informed and voluntary participation, not compulsive, if so, the nurse is responsible to
report the suspicion immediately. Informed consent has scopes beyond protection of the
individual patient’s choice
- It is a mutual collaboration of information, a .communication process
- It expresses respect for the person
- It gains patient’s active involvement in their care
- respects the patient’s right to self-determination
https://www.fda.gov/patients/clinical-trials-what-patients-need-know/informed-consent-
clinical-trials
It is the role of the health care provider NOT the nurse, to explain the study and what it is
expected of the patient and to respond to querries from the patient Meanwhile, in
providing written consent, it should be transcribed clearly, below the 8th grade reading
level with limited words fewer than 3 syllables, and patient should be conscious and
coherent.
1
PHARMACOLOGY
Nurses are patient advocates, nurses must be knowledgeable on all the facets of a drug
study, including all the inclusion and exclusion criteria for participants, study protocol and
study related documentation, to foster safety and quality study output.
Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria (McCuistion, et.al, 2019)

Inclusion
• Persons between the ages of 18 and 55
• Persons weighing from 55 and 100kg
• Person on a stable dose(no change of dose for the past 3mos) of cardiac
medications (eg. anticoagulant, angiotensin converting enzymes (ACE) inhibitors,
angiotensin II receptor blockers(ARBs), beta blockers and diuretics
• Person adhering to a no added salt diet
Exclusion
• Women who are pregnant or nursing
• Women of childbearing age who do not use oral contraceptives
• Persons with symptomatic cardiac disease, hepatic dysfunction, chronic kidney
disease, neurologic disorders, or musculoskeletal disorders
• Persons with clinically significant abnormal laboratory values (chemistry and
hematology)
B. Beneficence
Beneficence is a duty to protect research subjects from harm. It includes assessing

potential risks and benefits and ensures benefits are greater than risk . The risk-benefit
ratio is one of the challenges faced by the researcher. All possible concerns of a clinical
study must be investigated and balanced against the intrinsic risks and the projected
benefits. Physical, psychological, and social risks must be known and deliberated against
the benefits, which is determined by the Institutional Review Board(IRBs) required by the
Department of Health. No matter how principled the intention is, the computation of risks
and benefits by the researcher cannot be totally exact.
C. Justice
Justice requires that the selection of research subjects be fair. The distribution of benefits
and burdens is equitable (ex: must represent all racial and ethnic groups)
OBJECTIVES AND PHASES OF PHARMACEUTICAL RESEARCH
FDA requires that the clinical research must meet standards follow the Good Clinical
Practice Consolidation Guideline (GCP), an international ethical and scientific quality
standard for designing, conducting, monitoring, auditing, recording, analyzing, and
reporting clinical research. It is the foundation of clinical trials that involve human subjects.
Pre clinical trials

FDA requires pre clinical trials to determine drug’s toxicity, genotoxicity, and
pharmacologic effects through in vitro and in vivo animal testing in lab. Genotoxicity,
ability of a compound to damage genetic information in a cell, in addition to drug
absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion.
Human Clinical Experimentation

In 1993, the National Institutes of Health (NIH) Revitalization Act, launch the guidelines
to include women and minorities in clinical research. Best Pharmaceuticals for Children
2
PHARMACOLOGY
Act (BPCA) of 2002 and the Pediatric Research Equity Act (PREA) of 2003 urge
pharmaceutical companies to study drugs on children.
Clinical experimentation in drug research and development covers four phases with its
own objectives.
Phase I of drug testing
Researchers test a new drug or treatment in a small group of people for the first time to
evaluate its safety, determine a safe dosage range, and identify side effects
Phase II of drug testing

The drug or treatment is given to a larger group of people to see if it is effective and to
further evaluate its safety
Phase III of drug testing

The drug or treatment is given to large groups of people to confirm its effectiveness,
monitor side effects, compare it to commonly used treatments, and collect information
that will allow the drug or treatment to be used safely
Phase IV of drug testing

Studies are done after the drug or treatment has been marketed to gather information on
the drug’s effects in various populations and to assess any side effects associated with
long-term use.
In 1992, Prescription Drug User Fee Act provided FDA with funds to expedite drug review
process to reduce delay. As a result,, the average drug approval has reduced from 30 to
12 months.
https://www.vox.com/2015/7/10/8928183/21st-century-cures-explained
Clinical Research Study Design
It is essential to have an applicable experimental design in response about some queries

about drug safety and efficiency. Studies are designed to define the effect of the
independent variable
(treatment - drug) on the dependent variable (outcome - clinical effects).
Intervening(extraneous) variables are factors that may interfere with study results, and
these may include age, sex, weight, disease state, diet, and the subject’s social
environment, to increase study validity. Experimental group receives the drug being
tested, while the control group may receive different drugs, no drugs, or a placebo or the
same drug w/ a different route, dose, or frequency of administration.
3
PHARMACOLOGY
DRUG STANDARDS AND LEGISLATION

The United States Pharmacopeia and the National Formulary (USP-NF) the authoritative
source for drug standards (dosage, forms, drug substances, excipients, biologics,
compounded preparations, and dietary supplements), is published annually, contributed
by all professionals in nursing, pharmaceutics, pharmacology, chemistry, and
microbiology. Drugs included in the USP-NF have met high standards for therapeutic use,
patient safety, quality, purity, strength, packaging safety, and dosage form. Drugs that
meet these standards have the initials “USP” following their official name, denoting global
recognition of high quality.
Food and Drug Act of 1906 is considered to be the America’s 1st law to regulate drugs
Prohibited sale of misbranded and altered drugs
1912 Shirley Amendment prohibited false therapeutic claims on drug labels
1914 Harrison Narcotic Act required prescriptions for drugs that exceeded set narcotic
limits as well as increased documentation by physicians and pharmacists
1938 The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act empowered FDA to ensure a drug
was safe prior to marketing. It is imperative that all drugs should be tested by FDA for
harmful effects, prior to approval, and all drug labels should contain accurate information
including the adverse effects
1951 Durham-Humphrey Amendment distinguished between drugs that could be sold

with or without prescription by a licensed health care provider
1962 Kefauver-Harris Amendment tightened controls on drug safety, especially

experimental drugs, and required that adverse reactions and contraindications must be
labeled and included in the literature. The amendment also included provisions for the
evaluation of testing methods used by manufacturers, the process for withdrawal of
approved drugs when safety and effectiveness were in doubt, and the establishment of
effectiveness of new drugs before marketing
1965 Drug Abuse Control Amendments attempted to control the abuse of depressants,
stimulants, and hallucinogens.
1970 Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act

(1)promotion of drug education and research into the prevention and treatment of drug
dependence;
(2) strengthening of enforcement authority;
(3) establishment of treatment and rehabilitation facilities; and
(4) designation of schedules, or categories, for controlled substances according to
abuse liability.
1983 Orphan Drug Act Promoted development and manufacture of drugs used on rare
diseases
(1) federal funding of grants and contracts to perform clinical trials of orphan products;
(2) a 50% tax credit for costs of clinical testing; and
(3) exclusive rights to market the drug for 7 years from the marketing approval date.
1996 HIPAA
The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) of 1996 protects health
insurance coverage for workers who change or lose their jobs and sets the standard for
the privacy of individually identifiable health information. The act provides patients more
control over their health information, including boundaries on the use and release of
health records.
4
PHARMACOLOGY
1997 The Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act

• review and use of new drugs is accelerated;
• drugs can be tested in children before 9 marketing
• clinical trial data are necessary for experimental drug use for serious or life-
threatening health conditions;
• drug companies are required to give information on off-label (non-FDA-
approved) use of drugs and their costs; and
• drug companies that plan to discontinue drugs must inform health
professionals and patients at least 6 months before stopping drug
production.
https://www.dea.gov/drug-scheduling
2002 Best Pharmaceuticals for Children Act (BPCA) gives manufacturers a 6-month
extension of patents to evaluate drugs on the market for their safety and efficacy in
children
2003 Pediatric Research Equity Act authorizes the FDA to require that drug
manufacturers test certain drugs and biologic products for their safety and effectiveness
in children, noting that “children are not small adults.” Additionally, studies that involve
children must be conducted with the same drug and in the same disease process as
adults
007 Food and Drug Administration Amendment Act allows the FDA to do more
comprehensive reviews of potential new drugs, mandates post marketing safety studies,
and affects the distribution of drugs found to be not as safe as premarket studies
indicated.
2010 Patient Protection and Affordability Act

became effective January 1, 2014. Essential provisions of the reform include (1) quality,
affordable health care for all Americans; (2) improved quality and efficiency of health care;
(3) prevention of chronic disease and improved public health; (4) improved access to
innovative medical therapies; and (5) community living services and supports
2012 FDA Safety and Innovation Act (FDASIA) signed into law on July 9,2012 to
strengthen the FDA’s ability to safeguard and promote public health by:
• Collecting fees from industry to fund reviews of drugs with the “breakthrough therapy”
designation, medical devices, generic drugs, and biosimilar biologic products
• Expediting development of innovative, safe, and effective products
• Increasing stakeholder engagement in FDA processes
• Enhancing the safety of the global drug supply chain
Nurse Practice Act in state that you work

Governs nurse practice including drug administration. Nurses who administer a drug
without a licensed health care provider’s order are in violation of the Nurse Practice Act
and can have their licenses revoke. In a civil court the RN can be prosecuted for giving
the wrong drug or dosage, omitting a drug dose, or giving the drug by the wrong route.
Canada regulates drugs by the Health Products and Food Branch of Health Canada
In 1996 the Canadian Goverment passed the Controlled Drugs and Substances Act
Counterfeit drugs may contain the incorrect ingredients, insufficient amounts of active
ingredients, or no active ingredients. Additionally, they may contain impurities and
contaminants or may be distributed in fake packaging. It is estimated that more than 10%
of all drugs available are counterfeit. Most common counterfeited drugs are those used
5
PHARMACOLOGY
for erectile dysfunction, high cholesterol, infection, cancer and HIV,AIDS, because of its
high cost. The FDA and consumer groups are working on ways to stop this problem
Chemical name drug’s chemical structure
Generic name
Generic name is an official, universally acceptable, nonproprietary name for drug,
written in lowercase letters and it is not owned by any drug company.
(used by the book)
-
Brand (trade) name AKA Proprietary name chosen by the drug company, usually
trademarked and should be written in capital letter
OVER THE COUNTER DRUGS
In 2002 FDA standardized OTC to postulate better labeling as well as benefits and risks.
It is one of the responsibilities of the nurse to provide heath education to clients to read
and understand the drug label before purchase, otherwise self diagnosis and self
prescribing OTC are discouraged because it may mask the seriousness of clinical
condition and may cause potential harm rather than a therapeutic effect.
Aspirin reactions and side effects can trigger an acute asthma episode. Patients may be
allergic to aspirin, or aspirin may act as a deregulator of leukotrienes. Aspirin is also not
recommended for children with influenza symptoms or chickenpox because it has been
associated with Reye syndrome. Patients with kidney disease should avoid aspirin,
acetaminophen, and 13 ibuprofen because these can further decrease kidney function,
especially with long-term use. Also, patients taking moderate to high doses of aspirin,
ibuprofen, or naproxen concurrently with an oral anticoagulant may be at increased risk
for bleeding. Be guided with the use of SAFER before taking any medication.
Speak up
Ask questions
Find the facts
Evaluate your choices
Read labels
Always Read the Label
Reading the product label is the most important part of taking care of yourself or your
family when using over-the-counter (OTC) medicines (available without a prescription).
This is especially true because many OTC medicines are taken without seeing a doctor.
The OTC medicine label has always contained important usage and safety information
for consumers, but now that information will be more consistent and even easier to read
and to understand. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has issued a regulation
to make sure the labels on all OTC medicines (from a tube of fluoride toothpaste to a
bottle of cough syrup) have information listed in the same order; are arranged in a simpler
eye-catching, consistent style; and may contain easier to understand words. While the
labels on a majority of OTC drug products will be appearing on store shelves soon, some
products and companies have additional time to comply with the labeling regulations. If
you read the OTC medicine label and still have questions about the product, talk to your
doctor, pharmacist, or other health care professional.
Tamper-Evident Packaging: An Important Safety Feature
The makers of OTC medicines widely use tamper-evident packaging for their products.
This is to help protect consumers against possible criminal tampering. Drug products with
tamper-evident packaging have a statement on the packaging describing this safety
6
PHARMACOLOGY
feature. It is always important to inspect the outer packaging before you buy an OTC drug
product and to look at the product again before you take it.
What's On The Label
All nonprescription, over-the-counter (OTC) medicine labels have detailed usage and
warning information so consumers can properly choose and use the products.
Below is an example of what the OTC medicine label looks like.
• Active Ingredient. Therapeutic substance in product; amount of active ingredient

per unit.
• Uses. Symptoms or diseases the product will treat or prevent.
• Warnings. When not to use the product; conditions that may require advice from
a doctor before taking the product; possible interactions or side effects; when to
stop taking the product and when to contact a doctor; if you are pregnant or
breastfeeding, seek guidance from a health care professional; keep product out of
children’s reach.
• Inactive Ingredients. Substances such as colors or flavors.
• Purpose. Product action or category (such as antihistamine, antacid, or cough
suppressant.
• Directions. Specific age categories, how much to take, how to take, and how
often and how long to take.
• Other Information. How to store the product properly and required information
about certain ingredients (such as the amount of calcium, potassium, or sodium
the product contains)
The Drug Facts labeling requirements do not apply to dietary supplements, which
are regulated as food products, and are labeled with a Supplement Facts panel.
7
PHARMACOLOGY
Reading the Label: The Key to Proper Medicine Use
The label tells you what a medicine is supposed to do, who should or should not take it,
and how to use it. But efforts to provide good labeling can't help unless you read and use
the information. It's up to you to be informed and to use OTC drug products wisely and
responsibly.
The manufacturers of OTC medicines sometimes make changes to their products or

labeling (new ingredients, dosages, or warnings). Make sure to read the label each time
you use the product. Always look for special "flags" or "banners" on the front product
label alerting you to such changes. If you read the label and still have questions, ask your
doctor, pharmacist, or other health care professional for advice.
The Label Also Tells You...
• The expiration date, when applicable (date after which you should not use the
product).
• Lot or batch code (manufacturer information to help identify the product).
• Name and address of manufacturer, packer, or distributor.
• Net quantity of contents (how much of the product is in each package).
• What to do if an overdose occurs.
Many OTC medicines are sold in containers with child safety closures. Use them
properly. Remember—keep all medicines out of the sight and reach of children.
8
PHARMACOLOGY
POST TEST
1) The nurse in the clinical research setting is knowledgeable about ethical

principles and protection of human subjects. What principle is demonstrated by
ensuring the patient's right to self-determination?
a. Beneficence
b. Respect for persons
c. Justice
d. Informed consent
2) The research nurse is meeting with a patient and determines, based on the
assessment, that the patient meets inclusion criteria for clinical research. The
patient agrees to participate in the clinical trial. The nurse advises the patient that
which member of the health care team has the responsibility to explain the study
and respond to questions?
a. Registered nurse
b. Pharmacist
c. Research associate
d. Health care provider
3) The clinical research nurse knows that only a small proportion of drugs survive
the research and development process. An appreciation of the process and
associated costs grows when the nurse is aware that approximately one in how
many potential drugs is approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration?
a. 100
b. 1000
c. 10,000
d. 100,000
4) The nurse is interviewing a patient in a Phase I clinical trial. Which patient

statement indicates an understanding of this trial phase?
a. I am doing this to be sure this drug is safe.
b. I am doing this to be sure this drug is effective.
c. I hope this drug is better than the current treatment.
d. I can be part of demonstrating a cure.
5) The foundation of clinical trials, Good Clinical Practice, is a helpful resource for
nurses. The nurse is correct in choosing Good Clinical Practice as a reference for
standards in which areas? (Select all that apply.)
a. Design
b. Monitoring and auditing
c. Analyses
d. Reporting
e. Outcomes evaluation
6) The nurse researcher reviews the proposed informed consent form for a future
clinical trial. The nurse expects to find which in the document? (Select all that
apply.)
a. Description of benefits and risks
b. Identification of related drugs, treatments, and techniques
c. Description of outcomes
d. Statement of compensation for participants, if any
e. Description of serious risks
7) The nurse knows that the patient should be informed about the risks and benefits
related to clinical research. What ethical principle does this describe?
a. Respect for persons
9
PHARMACOLOGY
b. Justice
c. Beneficence
d. Informed consent
8) The nurse is reviewing a patient's list of medications and notes that several have
the highest abuse potential. According to U.S. standards, the highest potential for
abuse of drugs with accepted medical uses is found in drugs included in which
schedule?
a. II
b. III
c. IV
d. V
9) The nurse is reviewing the drug-approval process in the United States and learns
that the Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of 1997 contains which
provisions? (Select all that apply.)
a. Review of new drugs is accelerated.

b. Drug companies must provide information on off-label use of drugs.
c. Privacy of individually identifiable health information must be protected.
d. Drug companies must offer advanced notice of plans to discontinue drugs.
e. Drug labels must describe side effects and adverse effects
10) The patient has questions about counterfeit drugs. Which factors alert the
patient or nurse that a drug is counterfeit or adulterated? (Select all that apply.)
a. Variations in packaging
b. Unexpected side effects
c. Different taste
d. Different chemical components
e. Different odor.
10
PHARMACOLOGY
CHAPTER 2
Phases of Drug Action1
1. Differentiate the three phase of drug action
2. Describe the four processes of pharmacokinetics.
3. Differentiate the agonist and antagonist effect of a drug.
4. Describe the nursing implication of pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics
When a drug is administered, it undergoes two phases, the pharmacokinetic and the
pharmacodynamic phase.
Pharmacokinetics the process of drug movement throughout the body that is necessary
to achieve drug action. It is composed of the four processes, namely Absorption,
Distribution, Metabolism,and Excretion or Elimination.
Absorption
the movement of the drug into the bloodstream after administration. Disintegration a
breakdown of oral drug form into small particles, in order for the body to utilize the drugs
taken by mouth (enteral) eg. tablet or capsule. Meanwhile, dissolution is a process of
combining small drug particles with liquid to form a solution, to be absorbed from the
gastro intestinal tract into the bloodstream except for drugs in liquid form which are
already in solution. Therefore drugs in liquid form are readily available for GI absorption
than solids. Mostly drugs are both disintegrated and absorbed faster in acidic fluids, the
reason why elderly and very young with less gastric acidity have slower absorption.
Enteric Coated(EC) drugs resist disintegration in the gastric acid of the stomach until it
reaches the alkaline environment in the small intestine. EC tablet or capsules and
sustained release(beaded) capsules should not be crushed because it interferes with the
absorption. Drugs that are lipid soluble and non ionized are absorbed faster than water
soluble and ionized drugs.
Factors affecting absorption may include blood circulation, pain, stress, food texture, fat
content, temperature,pH route of administration..Drugs given through intramuscular
absorbed faster in the deltoid muscles with increase blood flow than in gluteus maximus.
Subcutaneous tissue has decreased blood flow so much slower absorption but more
faster and certain than oral route. But drugs given rectally absorbed slower than orally
because the surface area in the rectum.is smaller than the stomach and it has no villi.
After the absorption of the oral drug, they will move from GI tract to liver thru the portal
vein. In the liver, some drugs are metabolized to an inactive form and at eliminated, thus
reducing the volume of active drugs available for pharmacologic effect. This is referred to
as First pass effect or first pass metabolism. Lidocaine and other nitroglycerine cannot be
11
PHARMACOLOGY
given.by mouth because they have have extensive first pass metabolism and most of the
drug is inactivated.
Bioavailability is the percentage of administered drug available for activity. For orally
taken drugs, bioavailability is always less than 100% based on the rate of first pass
metabolism. (Rosuvastatin 20%, Digoxin 70-85% ), but all drugs administered
intravenously (IV), bioavailability is 100%.
Factors affecting bioavailability include the drug form, route of administration
gastric mucosa and motility, administration with food and other drugs, changes in liver
metabolism. A decrease in liver function, increases the bioavailabity, only if the drug is
metabolized by the liver.
Distribution is the movement of the drug from the circulation to body tissues.
Drug distribution is affected by the rate of the blood flow to the tissue, drug’s affinity to the
tissue, and protein binding. Drugs that are more than 90% bound to protein are highly
protein bound (Warfarin, Furosemide, Diazepam, Sertraline), 10% are weakly protein
bound (Gentamycin, Metoprolol, Metformin, Lisinopril). The protein bound drugs are
inactive, not able to interact with tissue receptors unable to produce therapeutic effect,
while the unbound drugs are free drugs, ab
le to exit the blood vessels reach their site of action causing a pharmacologic effect..
When two highly bound drugs are administered, they will compete for the protein binding
sites, leading to an increase free drug in the circulation leading to drug accumulation to
occur thus resulting to toxicity.
Blood vessels in the brain have a special endothelial lining where the cells are pressed
together(tight junction), referred to as blood brain barrier.(BBB), which protects the brain
from foreign substances. Highly lipid soluble with low molecular weight (Benziodiazepine)
can pass the BBB through diffusion and others via transport proteins.
During pregnancy, drugs can pass thru the placenta that could affect both the mother and
the fetus. 1st trimester – taken drugs can lead to spontaneous abortion, 2nd trimester –
teratogenesis or other subtler defects. 3rd trimester - may alter fetal growth and
development. Meanwhile in breastfeeding, drugs can pass into breast milk which can
affect the nursing infant.
12
PHARMACOLOGY
McCuistion, et.al, 2019
Metabolism (biotransformation) process by which the body chemically changes drugs

into a form that can be excreted. Liver is the primary site of metabolism. Liver enzymes
convert drugs to metabolites. Liver cirrhosis and hepatitis alter drug metabolism by
inhibiting the drug metabolizing enzymes in the liver. When drug metabolism rate
decreased, excess drug accumulation may happen leading to toxicity.
The drug half life(t1/2) time it takes for the amount of drug in the body to be reduced by
half. In case of liver and kidney dysfunction, half life of the drug is prolonged and less
drug is metabolized and eliminated. 94% of drug is gone by the 4th half-life. Drug has an
average of 4-5 half lives as it goes through the body.
Loading dose is significantly higher than maintenance dosing, therapeutic effects can be
obtained while steady state is reached.
Excretion is the process of elimination of drugs from the body through the kidneys.
and can be excreted also through the bile, the lungs, saliva, sweat, and breast milk.The
kidneys filter free drugs, but in healthy kidneys, drugs bound to protein are not filtered.
Drug excretion (elimination)Kidneys:
Creatinine clearance - metabolic by-product of muscle that is excreted by the kidneys
BUN - Test the metabolic breakdown of protein metabolism
Glomerular filtration rate protein and blood cells are pretty large to pass thru the
kidneys*
Pharmacodynamics
- is a study on how the drugs affect the body
- Primary effect = Desirable response
- Secondary effect = Desirable or undesirable
Primary Effect vs. Secondary effect

A person takes an antihistamine. The primary effect is to treat the symptoms of allergies.
The secondary effect is a central nervous system (CNS) depression that causes
drowsiness. It is not desirable when the patient drives a car (sleepiness) but it may be
considered desirable at bedtime because it causes mild sedation.
Therapeutic index:
describes the relationship between the therapeutic dose of a drug (ED50) and the toxic
dose of a drug (TD50)
Potency refers to the amount of drug needed to elicit a specific physiologic response to
a drug. Ex: Drug with high potency produces significant therapeutic responses at low
concentrations. Drug with low potency (like codeine) produces minimal therapeutic
responses at low concentration.
13
PHARMACOLOGY
Trough drug level: Lowest plasma concentration of a drug. Measures the rate at which
the drug is eliminated. trough levels are drawn immediately before the next dose of drug
is given, regardless of route of administration.
Peak drug level -Highest plasma concentration of drug at a specific time. Indicates the
rate of absorption. Blood sampled should be drawn at the proposed peak time, according
to the route of administration
Additive sum of effects of two drugs
Synergistic effect is much greater than effects of either drug alone
Antagonistic one drug reduces or blocks effect of other drug.
McCuition, et al (2019)
Agonists receptors are activated thereby producing a desired response

Antagonists prevent receptor activation thus blocking a response
Mechanism of Drug Action

- stimulation
- depression
- irritation
- replacement
- cytotoxic action
- antimicrobial action
- modification of immune status
Side Effects
- secondary effects or desirable
14
PHARMACOLOGY
- can be managed with dose adjustment or change with same class

Adverse Drug Reaction (ADR)
- unintentional, unexpected mild to severe effects to include anaphylaxis
- must be reported and documented.
Drug Toxicity
- drug level exceeds the therapeutic range
- secondary to overdose or drug accumulation
Pharmacogenetics
- study of genetic factors that influence an individual’s response to a specific drug,
can disrupt the drug metabolism, increase or decrease drug response.
- patients at high risk of developing adverse reactions may be identified so as to
prevent complications to drug therapy by constantly monitoring for therapeutic drug
response.
Tolerance - decreased responsiveness
Tachyphylaxis - acute or rapid decrease in response to drug
Placebo effect – drug response is not attributed to the chemical properties of the drug.
Drug-nutrient interactions Food may increase, decrease, or delay drug response.

Drug-laboratory interactions drugs may alter the test results.
Drug-induced photosensitivity Skin reaction caused by sunlight exposure.
Pharmacokinetic interactions changes occurring in absorption, distribution,

metabolism, and excretion
Absorption
- A drug can block, decrease or increase the absorption of another drug, by
increasing or decreasing the gastric emptying time, changing the gastric pH and
by forming drug complexes.
Metabolism
- Induction or inhibition of hepatic microsomal system. Drugs that promote induction
of enzymes are known as enzyme inducers. Increase metabolism enhances
elimination but with decrease plasma concentration thus decreasing the
therapeutic drug action. Enzyme inhibitors reduce the metabolism of certain drugs
and cause an increase in plasma concentration.
Excretion
- Most drugs are filtered through the glomeruli and excreted in the urine. Drugs can
decrease or increase renal excretion that could alter excretion of the drugs.
- Decrease cardiac output – decrease blood flow -decreased GFR – decrease if not
delay drug excretion.
15
PHARMACOLOGY
POST TEST
1. The patient is scheduled to receive an enteric-coated tablet immediately after a

meal. The nurse will choose which food to include as part of the patient's meal?
A). Hot dogs
B). Avocados
C). Salami
D). Skim milk
2. The pharmacist states that the patient's biotransformation of a drug was altered.
The nurse interprets this to mean that
A). absorption has affected the drug.
B). dilution has affected the drug.
C). excretion has affected the drug.
D). metabolism has affected the drug.
3. The nurse administers 650 mg of aspirin at 7 PM. The drug has a half-life of 3
hours. The nurse interprets this information to mean that 325 mg of the
medication will have been eliminated from the patient's system by what time?
A). 7 AM
B). 10 PM
C). 1 AM
D). 10 AM
4. The nurse realizes that a drug administered by which route will require the most
immediate evaluation of therapeutic effect?
A). Intravenous
B). Oral
C). Subcutaneous
D). Topical
5. Drugs in which state undergo the most rapid absorption? SELECT ALL THAT
APPLY.
A). Lipid soluble
B). Ionized
C). Nonionized
D). Water soluble
E). Protein bound
6. The nurse reads that the half-life of the medication being administered is 12
hours. What interpretation will guide the nurse's care of this patient?
A). This medication will be 50% eliminated in 12 hours, so the dosing will be
spread apart.
B). The medication will be administered every 6 hours to maintain consistent
blood levels.
C). The medication will not work for the first 12 hours.
D). The patient will require two doses of the medication before there is an effect.
7. Which statement best indicates that the nurse understands the meaning of
pharmacokinetics?
A). "It involves the study of physiologic interactions of drugs."
B). "It explains the distribution of the drug between various body compartments."
C). "It explains interactions between various drugs."
D). "It explains the adverse reactions to drugs."
8. A nurse is administering two highly protein-bound drugs to the patient. Which is

the safest course of action for the nurse to take?
16
PHARMACOLOGY
A). Assess the patient frequently for the risk of drug-drug interactions.
B). Administer the drugs with food.
C). Administer the drugs with 8 ounces of water.
D). Assess baseline liver function tests
9. The nurse is administering medications to a patient with chronic renal failure.

What is the nurse's priority action?
A). Administer all medications via IV route.
B). Assess drug levels daily.
C). Assess the patient for toxicity to medications.
D). Hold medications for low urinary output..
10. A patient is complaining of pain rated "10" on a scale of 1 to 10. The nurse has
several choices of pain medication to administer. Which order is the best for the
nurse to administer at this time?
A). Morphine sulfate 1 mg IV (intravenous)
B). MS Contin 2 tablets PO (by mouth)
C). Transdermal patch
D). Tylenol suppository
17
PHARMACOLOGY
CHAPTER 3
Pediatric Considerations
At the end of the course, the level II students will be able to:
1. Differentiate components of pharmacology in pediatric patients.
2. Describe the nurses’ responsibilities in pediatric drug administration.
3. Compute for the exact dose of prescribed medication.
Limited research
▪ Research risk
▪ Obtaining informed consent
▪ Drug labeling and dosing instructions
▪ Pediatric Research Equity Act in 2012
➢ Requires study of pediatric drug use
➢ Pediatric Pharmacokinetics
Absorption
▪ Influencing factors
➢ Child’s age, health status, weight, route of administration
➢ Nutritional habits, physical maturity, hormonal differences
➢ Hydration, underlying disease, GI disorders
▪ Route of administration
➢ Gastric acidity, emptying, motility, surface area, enzyme levels, intestinal
flora
▪ Intramuscular/subcutaneous
➢ Peripheral perfusion
➢ Effectiveness of circulation
▪ Topical
➢ Children’s skin is thin and porous.
Distribution
➢ Body fluid composition
• Neonates and infants have 75% water.
➢ Body tissue composition
• Neonates and infants have less body fat.
➢ Protein-binding capability
• Neonates and infants have less albumin and fewer protein receptor
sites.
➢ Effectiveness of barriers
18
PHARMACOLOGY
• Skin
• Blood-brain barrier
Metabolism
➢ Maturational level of child
➢ Liver metabolism
➢ Higher metabolic rate
Excretion
▪ Kidneys
➢ Infants have decreased
• renal blood flow.
• glomerular filtration rate.
• renal tubular function.
Pediatric Pharmacodynamics
▪ Mechanisms of action and effect of a drug on the body
▪ Includes the onset, peak, and duration of effect of a medication.
▪ Intensity of therapeutic effects and adverse effects
Nursing Implications
▪ Pediatric drug dosing and monitoring
➢ Monitoring for therapeutic effects and adverse reactions
➢ Calculations
▪ Pediatric drug administration
➢ Considering developmental and cognitive differences
• Differentiating developmental from chronologic age
➢ Maintaining safety while ensuring comfort
➢ Family-centered care - is essential to ensuring safety during and after health
care interventions, especially drug administration.
➢ Teaching is directed toward family or caregivers and patients.
➢ Side effects may be difficult to evaluate.
➢ Assess pediatric patient for ability to understand the reason for drug.
➢ Consider level of knowledge, developmental age, cultural factors, anxiety
level, when communicating with pediatric patient and family.
➢ Atraumatic care
➢ Oral administration
➢ Subcutaneous, intramuscular, and intravenous
➢ Eutectic mixture of local anesthetics
➢ Decreasing pain and anxiety
• Distraction, diversion, relaxation
• Creative imagery
➢ Intravenous sites
➢ Basic rules
• Honesty, respect
• Age-appropriate teaching and explanations
• Positive reinforcement
Adolescent Considerations
▪ Need individualized care specific to developmental stage
➢ Physical changes
➢ Cognitive level and abilities
➢ Social, reasoning, and decision-making skill development
➢ Emotional factors
➢ Independence from parents
➢ Self-care behaviors
➢ Impact of chronic illness
19
PHARMACOLOGY
Off label
drug is being used for some purpose, which it has not been approved
Principle of Atraumatic Care

the philosophy of providing therapeutic care through the use of interventions that
eliminate or minimize the psychologic and physical distress experienced by children and
families. Atraumatic care is achieved by decreasing the separation of children from their
family members or caregivers identifying family and patient stressors, decreasing pain,
and providing care within the framework of a collaborative partnership.
Nursing Process: Family-Centered Collaborative Care

▪ Assessment
➢ Age, weight, height
➢ Developmental age
➢ Health status
➢ Allergy history
➢ Nutritional/hydration status
➢ Cognitive level
➢ Family/child understanding
➢ History of drug use
▪ Potential nursing diagnoses
➢ Knowledge, deficient
➢ Health maintenance, ineffective
➢ Knowledge, readiness
➢ Injury, risk for
▪ Planning
➢ Child, family members, and caregivers will recognize the need for drug
administration.
➢ Child, family members, and caregivers will incorporate the drug treatment
regimen into their lifestyle.
➢ Child, family members, and caregivers will demonstrate safe drug
administration practices.
▪ Nursing interventions
➢ Assist patient, family, and caregivers to use appropriate follow-up resources
and support.
➢ Follow all rights of safe drug administration.
➢ Help patient, family, and caregivers to manage complex drug schedules.
➢ Use educational strategies that are interactive and engaging for the
pediatric patient.
▪ Evaluation
➢ Determine child’s physiologic and psychological response.
➢ Determine family member’s knowledge concerning drug, dose,
administration schedule, and side effects.
➢ Determine therapeutic and adverse effects of drug(s).
20
PHARMACOLOGY
Practice Test
1. Children have higher metabolic rates than adults. The nurse realizes that this
affects administration of medication for pain in children in all of the following ways
except
A. higher requirement for medication.
B. increased dosage.
C. decreased frequency.
D. increased frequency.
2. Although adolescents have physical appearance and organ structure and function
similar to that of adults, the nurse understands that their bodies continue to grow,
requiring the nurse to follow increased vigilance in monitoring what?
A. Therapeutic and toxic drug levels
B. Side effects of medications
C. Route of medication administration
D. Frequency of medication administration
3. A toddler requires an oral medication. It is most appropriate for the nurse to

administer the oral medication
A. in a nipple.
B. dipped in a pacifier.
C. via an oral syringe.
D. mixed with formula in a bottle.
4. Drug calculations for children are based on which factors? (Select all that apply.)
A. Sex
B. Age
C. Weight
D. Height
21
PHARMACOLOGY
POST TEST
Fill in the blanks.
1. Only half of all drugs carry federally approved indications for use in ________
2. Lack of maturation of the ________is most pronounced in infancy making the neonatal
and infancy periods those most affected by changes in absorption physiology.
3. Gastric pH is ______ at birth.
4. When does acid production begin ___________.
5. When does gastric acid secretion reach adult levels? ______________
6. Breast fed infants have faster _______ emptying than formula fed infants
7. Drug distribution is affected by ____________________________
8. ________molecules may bind with protein receptor sites, which makes the sites
unavailable to drugs or displaces drugs from binding sites, allowing large amounts of
drug to remain free and available for effect which can result in toxic effects.
9. The __________barrier in neonates is relatively immature and allows drugs to pass
easily into central nervous system (CNS) tissue.
10. Infants have reduced _______________ and ________________ however by the time
they reach 1 year of age hepatic flow has reached that of an adult; however drug-
metabolizing enzymes reach an adult level at around age 11.
22
PHARMACOLOGY
CHAPTER 4
Geriatric Considerations
At the end of the course, level IIstudents will be able to:
1. Explain how the physiologic changes associated with aging impact drug therapy.
2. Discuss issues that affect older adults' adherence to the therapeutic regimen.
3. Formulate a nursing process related to drug therapy in older adult.
Drug dosage
Based on the patient’s weight, lab results (e.g. liver enzymes & GFR), and co-morbid
health problems.
Physiologic changes influencing the absorption, distribution, metabolism, &

excretion of medications.
- decrease in the total amount of water in the body resulting to an accumulated body
fat,and disruption in the volume of distribution of drugs
- decrease in kidney mass & lower kidney blood flow leads to a diminished GFR &
clearance of drugs excreted in the kidneys
- decrease in liver size & blood flow results in reduced hepatic clearance of drugs
- decrease in physiologic processes that maintain homeostasis.
 Pharmacokinetics
Absorption
- decrease in small bowel surface area, slowed gastric emptying reduces gastric blood
flow and gastric acid production
- swallowing difficulties
- poor nutrition
- dependence on tubes feeding
Distribution
- Increase in body fat means lipid soluble drugs have a greater volume of
distribution, increased drug storage, reduced elimination, & a prolonged period of
action
- decreased albumin levels affect distribution of drugs resulting to a decreased
protein binding, increases free drug availability to exert therapeutic effects and the
risk for drug toxicity
23
PHARMACOLOGY
Metabolism
- a decrease in liver size can lead to decreased hepatic blood flow may be by 40% as
and reduction of CYP450 (enzyme responsible for drug breakdown)
- reduction of hepatic metabolism can prolong drug half life, resulting in increased drug
levels and increased risks for drug toxicity
Liver functions Tests

- the elevated levels of alanine aminotransferase (ALT) and aspartate aminotransferase
(AST) may indicate possible liver dysfunction
Excretion
- excretion of drugs decreases with age due to decreased renal size and volume
- alteration in the kidney function affect many drugs, leading to a prolonged half life and
elevated drug levels
 Pharmacodynamics
- Older adults experience a loss of sensitivity in adrenergic receptors, both agonists and
antagonists, leading to beta blockers and beta 2 agonists reduced response.
- diminished dopaminergic & cholinergic receptors, neurons, & available nerual
connection.
- decreased blood flow to the brain and the blood brain barrier becomes more
permeable, this puts older adults at risk for CNS drug side effects including dizziness,
seizures, confusion, sedation, & extrapyramidal effects
Polypharmacy
- polypharmacy is the use of more meds than medically necessary
- can cause an increase in geriatric syndromes such as cognitive impairment, falls,
decreased functional status, urinary continence, & poor nutrition, as well as an
increased incidence of adverse drug reactions and poor adherence.
Risk factors
- advanced age
- female sex
- multiple HCP
- use of herbal therapies
- OTC drugs
- multiple chronic diseases
number of hospitalizations and care transitions
- Blood thinners, drugs used to treat DM & seizures, cardiac drugs, & pain control
meds can produce common adverse drug events like adverse drug reactions,
medication errors, therapeutic failures, adverse drug withdrawal events, overdose
causing most consultations and hospitalizations.
Adherence compliance of patients in taking their medications as prescribed (eg, twice

daily). Health Education to patient, family, & significant others is the keystone of drug
adherence because sometimes patient may not fully understand drug regimen.
Nonadherence may cause underdosing or overdosing.
Factors that enhance educational readiness and promote adherence in the older adult?
- ensure that the patient has on their glasses and working hearing aids if needed
- speak in a tone of voice that the patient can hear, sit facing the patient, limit
distractions
- treat the patient w/ respect
- use large print w/ dark print on a light background with an easy to read font
- review all meds with each visit
24
PHARMACOLOGY
- advise patient to complete vial of life

- have patient keep list of all meds and bring it to every appointment and keep it on
their person
- encourage simple med scheduling when able
- suspect new drugs if patient is newly confused or disoriented.
- use pill organizer when able
- have patient report med if it is not improving the condition for which it was prescribed
Barriers to drug effectiveness

- taking too many drugs at different times
- failure to understand the purpose/reason for the med
- impaired memory
- decreased mobility/dexterity
- visual/hearing disturbances
- high cost of prescriptions
- childproof drug bottles
- side effects/adverse reactions from the drug
.
Nursing Process: Patient-Centered
 Assessment
➢ Assess for sensory and cognitive barriers.
➢ Assess laboratory results.
➢ Discern whether patient lives alone, with or without social support, and if
assistance is needed with medications, including costs or transportation.
 Nursing diagnoses
➢ Ineffective health maintenance related to lack of or alteration in
communication skills
➢ Knowledge, deficient related to cognitive limitation
 Planning
➢ and anticipate side effects and unexpected adverse reaction.Patient will
collaborate with health care providers to develop a therapeutic regimen that
is congruent with health goals and lifestyle.
➢ Patient will list resources that can be used for more information and support.
 Nursing interventions
➢ Monitor laboratory results.
➢ Observe the patient for adverse reactions when multiple drugs are taken.
➢ Recognize a change in usual behavior or an increase in confusion.
➢ Remind patient and family to tell pharmacist about OTC preparations that
the patient is taking.
➢ Advise patient and family to request non-childproof caps.
 Evaluation
➢ Evaluate compliance to the drug regimen.
➢ Evaluate the therapeutic drug response .
25
PHARMACOLOGY
POST TEST
Practice Question #1
When administering medications to the older adult population, the nurse is aware that the
physiologic changes of aging that can affect drug activity include all of the following except
A. increased fat-to-water ratio.
B. decreased liver enzyme production.
C. loss of nephrons.
D. increased gastrointestinal blood flow.
Adverse reactions and drug interactions occur frequently in older adults due to all of the
following except
A. consumption of numerous drugs owing to multiple chronic illnesses.
B. drugs ordered by several health care providers.
C. increased incidence of allergic responses.
D. self-medication with OTC preparations.
Older adults are at risk for taking many medications together. This is known as
A. tachyphylaxis.
B. drug interaction.
C. polypharmacy.
D. tolerance.
Which is a physiologic change seen in the older adult that has an effect on drug
administration?
A. Lower (acidic) gastric secretions
B. Increased first-pass effect through the liver
C. Increased glomerular filtration rate
D. Lower cardiac output
When assessing older adults’ renal function, which laboratory value will the nurse
monitor?
A. Liver enzymes
B. Serum electrolytes
C. Complete blood count
D. Blood urea nitrogen and creatinine
26
PHARMACOLOGY
CHAPTER 5
Cultural Considerations
Ethnomedicine sometimes referred to as folk or traditional medicine

focus within medical anthropology that examines the ways in which people in different
cultures conceptualize health and illness. Dictate healing processes. Illness is spiritually
based, not biologically (in many cultures)
Illness can be caused by spirit possession Loss of balance within body Healing
techniques are based on: Astrology Magic Rituals Indigenous medicinal compounds
Conventional healers: play a role in practices which includes priests shamans, bone
setters, herbalists, curanderos midwives, rituals: used to seek assistance of otherworldly
forces (deities or spirits)
Ethnopharmacology studies natural medicines derived from plants and other

substances that have been traditionally used by groups of people to treat various human
diseases. (Cena Can have neutral, beneficial, or deleterious effects on health Culture is
based on learned beliefs and behaviors that are shared a group of people such as
symbols artifacts institutions values, etc. Culture is not biologically inherited but can be
biologically driven (ex: what and how something is eaten)
Pharmacogenetics The study of all the different genes that determine drug behavior
within the human body Culturally competent care integrates pharmacogenetics with social
and cultural attributes of the patient Helps predict drug responses
Transcultural Nursing Nurses must be sensitive to the beliefs and practices of immigrant
and indigenous groups concerning health and illness It is important to know what
pharmacotherapeutic agents the patient is using Patients may not reveal information and
assume that teas, herbs, etc. are not drugs
Assimilation: ex: minority group changes its ways to blend in with the dominant cultural
group Complementary health therapies: combine traditional and conventional Western
health practices Nurses should not make generalizations about beliefs or behaviors
according to their cultural group
Alternative health therapies: when a dominant culture group borrows traditional therapy
in place of conventional therapy. Acupuncture, acupressure, teas, herbs, and therapeutic
massages more popular in proving pain relief
The Giger and Davidhizar Transcultural Assessment Model Six cultural phenomena:
Communication Space Social organization Time Environmental control Biologic variation
This model is constantly reviewed to make sure that it maintains its relevance and
usefulness
27
PHARMACOLOGY
Communication Verbal and nonverbal Nurses must be alert to different communication

styles to provide culturally competent care. Professional translators should be used
whenever possible to safeguard a confidentiality. Considerations are added when the
patient is of a different gender than the nurse Muslim, Orthodox Jewish, Amish, and Roma
groups are particularly sensitive to this. Nurses must consider the preferences prior to
rendering care. It is essential to have a family member of the same gender during
procedures There are paradoxes within cultures ie: people of Hispanic descent value
human contact but value modesty
Social Organization Family basic social units The definition of family and how inclusive
it is varies among individuals and among cultures American and Western European
descent: small, nuclear families Other cultural groups in the US: larger, extended families
Nurses must advocate for inclusion of family in health care settings. Limit or extend the
amount of time a patient can visit with members of a social group
Time Nurses and patients may have different perceptions of time. It moves slowly for
patients who is anxious Time moves quickly for a nurse with a demanding workload.
Vague terms regarding time (ie soon, about, or later) have different meanings among
individuals and groups Linear time: present flows into the future and is irretrievably lost
must do this Circular time: the present has more stability and the need to do things at a
particular moment has less urgency will have the opportunity to do this Cultural aspect of
time is important when it comes to dosing more than once a day. Patients with this
perception of time usually stop prescriptive therapies once they start feeling better
Environmental Control Some cultures have a desire to enlist the assistance of nature
to facilitate the needs of human beings may include otherworldly forces or beings (deities
and spirits) Healers and spiritual advisors can be beneficial in health care settings
Practice of clergy (ministers, priests, rabbis) In systems like The Indian Health and Human
Services and the Canadian health care system, traditional healers and spiritual guides
are incorporated into conventional prescriptive therapies
Biological Variations Genographic Project: DNA testing was performed on all

populations all over the world. Human beings are genetically identical. Multiple
genotypes, not multiple races define a genetic identity
atient’s confidential
Assimilation
Occurs when a less powerful group changes its ways and practices to blend with the
dominant group
28
PHARMACOLOGY
Complementary health therapies

combines traditional beliefs with mainstream practices
Pharmocogenetics
the effect of a drug varies from the predicted response because of genetic factors
Ethnopharmacology
Study of a drug responses unique to an individual as a result of social, cultural, and
biological phenomena
Culture
Learned beliefs shared by a group of people
Alternative health therapies

the use of new therapies in place of mainstream therapies to treat an illness
Ethnomedicine
ways different cultures conceptualize health and illness
Genomes a complete set of chromosomes and make up a cells DNA
Polymorphisms
DNA variants that occur within a specific population at a frequency greater than 1%
29
PHARMACOLOGY
POST TEST
1. Which statement reflects the physiological response of individuals of African descent

to a drug
A. They are less responsive to beta blockers than are individuals of European
descent and Hispanic
B. They are more responsive to beta blockers than are individuals of European
descent and Hispanics
C. They Experience fewer toxic side effects with psychotropic drugs than do
individuals of European descent.
D. They experience fewer toxic side effects with antidepressant drugs than do
individuals of European descent.
2. Which ethnic or cultural group may experience decreased effects from codeine?
A. African descent
B. Latin American descent
C. Asian Descent
D. Native American descent
3. What communication style is characteristic of people of European descent?

A. Comfortable with periods of silence
B. Maintenance of eye contact
C. Use of a soft voice
D. Use of few words
4. The pt, who is Jamaican, is currently 4 months pregnant and informs the nurse during
a prenatal visit that she eats red clay to provide nutrients to the fetus. She states that
this is a practice her grandmother told her would ensure a health pregnancy. What is
the best action by the nurse?
A. contact Child Protective Services
B. Insist that the patient stop practice immediately.
C. Determine the amount of clay that she eats daily.
D. Discuss the research about dietary intake of clay.
5. The older adult patient is newly diagnosed with diabetes and has been prescribed
metformin. The patient 's healer has recomended that the patient drink sabila tea 3
times per day to improve nutrition and help control blood sugar lvl. What is the nurse's
best action?
A. encourage the patient to drink the tea 4 times per day instead
B. Discourage the practice because sabila tea potentiates metformin.
C. Tell the patient to stop the tea immediately.
D. Advise the patient he can continue to drink the tea, but he also needs to continue
his drugs.
6. Which factor(s) may affect a patients physiological responses to a drug?

A. Age
B. Diet
C. Language
D. Genetics
E. Values
7. Which factor(s) may affect a patients adherence to a drug regimens

A. Access to health care
B. Poverty
C. Trust in provider
D. Use of same language
30
PHARMACOLOGY
8. The nurse is performing a health assessment on a newly admitted patient of Asian

descent. The patient looks at the floor whenever the nurse asks a question.
Communication is enhanced when the nurse does which action?
A. Frequently touches the patient
B. Asks questions that require only yes or no answers.
C. Discontinues the health assessment.
D. Uses eye contact Sparingly(in small quantities)
9. The nurse has been measuring the blood pressure of an African American pt every 4
hours for the past 3 days in a hospital setting. The BP is consistently above 140/90.
The pt has been adherent to the antihypertensive drug therapy while hospitalized. The
Nurse will initially preform which action?
A. Determine if the patient has been given high sodium foods from visitors.
B. Withhold the antihypertensive drug until the physician can be notified.
C. BP measurements every 2 hours
D. Place the patient on a restricted fluid intake.
10. A male nurse is caring for a young married woman who is an observant muslim. It is
important that the nurse initially Perform which action?
A. Delay any care that requires touching until a female nurse is available.
B. Identify the patient 's preference regarding touch.
C. Touch the patient only when her spouse is present.
D. Inform the patient that she must allow him to touch her.
31
PHARMACOLOGY
CHAPTER 6
Complementary & Alternative Therapies
At the end of the course, level II students will be able to
1. Identify at least six common herbs, its use and toxicities if any.
2. Describe recommendations for labels on herbal products,
3. Analyze the potential hazards of herbs.
Complementary and Alternative therapies
- augment or replace traditional medical therapies usually not prescribed, which include
botanicals, nutritional products, herbal supplements, CAM: complementary and
alternative medicines
-
NCCIH
- National Center for Complementary and Integrative Health provided researcher of
complementary and alternative health
DSHEA
- Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act ensure products are safe and labeled
information is truthful
CGMPs
Current Good Manufacturing Practices are standards that require package labels that
declare quality and strength of contents and that product is without contaminants and
impurities
Botanicals
additive substances that come from plants
Herbs
any plant that is used for culinary or medical purposes
Phytomedicine
therapeutic value of plants
Herbal preparations
- Decoction - Poultice
- Infusion - Essential oils
- Tinctures - Herb-infused oils
- Liniment - Percolation
Commonly used herbal remedies

- Astragalus - Hawthorn
- Chamomile - Licorice
32
PHARMACOLOGY
- Cinnamon - Milk thistle

- Echinacea - Peppermint
- Garlic - St. John's wort
- Ginger - Turmeric
- Ginkgo biloba - Valerian
- Ginseng
Astragalus
- Boosts immune system for things such as hepatitis and cancer
- Limits cold and flu symptoms
* may interact with drugs like cyclosporine because it will alter immune function
Chamomile
- Relief of anxiety, sleeplessness, digestive complaints, skin conditions, and oral
ulcers
- May have sedative effects
- Allergic reactions of urticaria and bronchoconstriction are more likely if person is
allergic to daisy or ragweed
* Side Effects: allergic reactions from mild skin reactions to anaphylaxis
Cinnamon
- Used to treat bronchitis, GI problems, anorexia and diabetes
- Generally safe without allergic reactions
- May decrease blood clotting
Echinacea
- Used for colds, flu, infections and skin problems such as acne
- Stimulates immune system
* Side Effects: GI effects, allergic reactions (ragweed)
Garlic
- lowers cholesterol, decreases blood pressure and reduces heart disease, prevent
stomach and colon cancer
* Side Effects: heartburn, upset stomach, body odor, decreased blood clotting
Ginger
- post-op, pregnancy related nausea, motion sickness & diarrhea; relief from pain,
swelling and arthritic stiffness
* Side Effects: gas, bloating, heartburn, nausea
Ginkgo Biloba
- asthma, bronchitis, fatigue, tinnitus
- improves memory, decrease intermittent claudication, prevents Alzheimers
- Treats sexual dysfunction, multiple sclerosis
* Side Effects: headache, dizziness, nausea, GI upset, increase bleeding, allergic

reactions
Ginseng
- Boosts immune system, increases stamina and increase person's sense of well being;
stress relief, digestion
33
PHARMACOLOGY
- erectile dysfunction, hepatitis C, menopausal symptoms, lowers glucose and blood

pressure, hypertension
**caution with diabetics because can lead to hypoglycemia**
* short term use: safe

* long term can lead to side effects
* Side Effects: headache, GI distress, allergic reactions, breast tenderness, breast
tenderness, menstrual irregularities
Hawthorn
- heart disease, digestive issues and kidney disease
**may interact with erectile dysfunction drugs which can lead to hypotension,
nitrates (dizziness), and antihypertensives (hypotension)**
* Side Effects: headache, dizziness, nausea
Licorice
- bronchitis, sore throat, stomach ulcers, viral hepatitis
*large amounts: elevates BP, salt and water retention and lowers potassium levels
**caution with taking diuretics, corticosteroids or other potassium lowering

medications because can lead to HYPOKALEMIA**
* do not in large amounts if take if pregnant, have heart disease or hypertension
Milk thistle
- cirrhosis, chronic hepatitis, gallbladder disorders, elevates cholesterol & insulin
resistance with type 2 diabetes
** when combined with diabetic drugs it can lead to hypoglycemia **

* Side Effects: upset stomach, allergic reactions if allergic to ragweed
Peppermint
- nausea, indigestion, irritable bowel syndrome, cold symptoms, headaches, muscle
and nerve pain
*Side Effects: heartburn and possible allergic reaction
St. John's wort

- mental disorders, nerve pain, sleep disorders, malaria, wounds
- not effective in treating depression
**interacts with antidepressants which leads to serotonin syndrome, bc pills,

cyclosporine, digoxin, indinivir, irinotecon, seizures drugs and
anticoagulants**
* Side Effects: photosensitivity, anxiety, dry mouth, dizziness, headache, fatigue,

sensitivity to sunlight, GI problems, sexual dysfunction
Turmeric
- heartburn, stomach ulcers, gallstones, inflammation, cancer
*high doses may cause nausea and diarrhea
34
PHARMACOLOGY
**person with gallbladder disease should avoid because it can worsen

condition**
Valerian
- anxiety, headache, insomnia, tremors, depression and irregular heartbeat
* Side Effects: headache, dizziness, fatigue, stomach upset
Potential Hazards of Herbs

- natural does not mean safe
- not all compounds are safe via all routes
- collect complete list of patient's herbal use
- be aware of possible herb-drug interactions
- some herbal products can affect lab results
- many products may interfere with absorption, breakdown, and excretion of
anesthetics, anticoagulants and other drugs used in surgery
* discontinue herbal therapy 2 to 3 weeks before surgery
Tips for Herb Use

- do not take with prescription drugs without checking with doctor
- do not take if pregant or nursing
- do not give herbs to infants / young children
- do not take a large quantity of any herbal preparation
- follow labeled instructions
- discontinue if side effects are disturbing and contact your doctor
Assessment
o obtain baseline of patient's use of complementary and alternative therapies
o identify all prescription and Over The Counter(OTC) drugs and when it is taken
Nursing Diagnosis
- Knowledge Deficit related to cognitive limitation, misinterpretation of available
information/resources, lack of interest in learning
Planning
- The patient and family will verbalize understanding of herbal therapy, prescription
and OTC drugs;
- The patient and family will participate in the therapeutic regimen
Interventions
- Provide information supportive of self management and mutial goal setting.
- Monitor patient's response to prescription, OTC, and herbal therapies
- Encourage to engage in the care planning process.
- Cultural Considerations
Evaluation
- Evaluate adherence to therapeutic regimen
- Evaluate drug-herb interaction or side effects
- Evaluate the anticipated effectivity of herbal remedies for relieving symptoms.
The following are the 10 Medicinal Plants in the Philippines endorsed by DOH:
1. Akapulko (Cassia alata) – a medicinal plant called “ringworm bush or schrub”

and “acapulco” in English, this Philippine herbal medicine is used to treat tinea
infections, insect bites, ringworms, eczema, scabies and itchiness.
35
PHARMACOLOGY
2. Ampalaya (Momordica charantia) – common names include “bitter melon ” or

“bitter gourd ” in English. This Philippine herbal medicine has been found to be
effective in the treatment of diabetes (diabetes mellitus), hemofrhoids, coughs,
burns and scalds, and being studied for anti-cancer properties.
3. Bawang (Allium sativum) – common name in english is “Garlic”. Bawang is a
used in Philippine herbal medicine to treat infection with antibacterial,
antiinflammatory, anti-cancer and anti-hypertensive properties. It is widely used
to reduce cholesterol level in blood.
4. Bayabas (Psidium guajava) – “Guava” in English. A Philippine herbal medicine
used as antiseptic, anti-inflammatory, anti-spasmodic, antioxidant
hepatoprotective, anti-allergy, antimicrobial, anti-plasmodial, anti-cough,
antidiabetic, and antigenotoxic in folkloric medicine.
5. Lagundi (Vitex negundo) – known as “5-leaved chaste tree” in english is used
in Philippine herbal medicine to treat cough, colds and fever. It is also used as a
relief for asthma & pharyngitis, rheumatism, dyspepsia, boils, and diarrhea.
6. Niyog-niyogan (Quisqualis indica L.) – is a vine known as “Chinese honey
suckle”. This Philippine herbal medicine is used to eliminate intestinal parasites.
7. Sambong (Blumea balsamifera) – English name: “Ngai camphor or Blumea
camphor” is a Philippine herbal medicine used to treatkidney stones, wounds and
cuts, rheumatism, anti-diarrhea, anti spasms, colds and coughs and hypertension
8. Tsaang Gubat (Ehretia microphylla Lam.) – English :”Wild tea” is a Philippine
herbal medicine taken as tea to treat skin allergies including eczema, scabies
and itchiness wounds in child birth
9. Ulasimang Bato|Pansit-Pansitan (Peperomia pellucida) – is a Phillipine
herbal medicine known for its effectivity in treating arthritis and gout.
10. Yerba Buena(Clinopodium douglasii) – commonly known as Peppermint, is
used in Philippine herbal medicine as analgesic to relive body aches and pain
due to rheumatism and gout. It is also used to treat coughs, colds and insect
bites.
36
PHARMACOLOGY
CHAPTER 7
Drug in Substance Use Disorder
At the end o the course, level II students will be able to:
1. Define the substance abuse.
2. Identify the physical and psychological assessment findings related to most
commonly used drugs.
3. Describe the nursing interventions during drug toxicity and withdrawal.
Most drugs are used safely and within the prescribed guidelines, but in some cases and
for some reasons, drugs can be misused and abused.
 Substance Use Disorder

According to (DSM 5, 5th ed), substance use disorder occurs when the persistent
use of alcohol or drugs cause clinically and functionally substantial impairment
likedisability, health problems and unmet responsibilities at home, work, school.
Classified as mild and severe, abuse and dependence are no longer used.
 Context
➢ Risk factors
• Cognitive development, major role for adolescents who are in a stage
of brain development and susceptible to stress and risk seeking
behaviors.
• Family-related risk factors – children who suffer neglect or abuse.
physical, sexually and emotional , have tried using drugs.
• Social risk factors aberrant peer relationship eg gang affiliation
• Individual risk factors- individuals with attention deficit disorder.
 Neurobiology
➢ Reward circuit -structure that regulates the ability to feel pleasure and other
emotions. When drugs are misused, it increases the neurotransmitters in
the limbic system of the brain.
➢ Tolerance – repeated use if drugs remodel the neural circuitry of the brain
cell reducing the responsiveness of the receptors
➢ Epigenetics – the study of environmental influences on genetics.
Types of Substance Use Disorder

 Alcohol use disorder
➢ Short-term effects
➢ Long-term effects
➢ Alcohol toxicity
➢ Treatments
• Inpatient
• Outpatient
• Drug-assisted treatment
• Nonpharmacologic therapy
 Cannabis use disorder
➢ Drug effects
➢ Limited benefits
 Opioid use disorder
➢ Effects
• Drowsiness, confusion
• Nausea, constipation
• Dose-dependent respiratory depression
➢ Treatment
37
PHARMACOLOGY
 Naloxone
 Naltrexone
 Methadone
 Buprenorphine
 Tobacco use disorder
➢ Treatment
• Cognitive behavior therapy
• Self-help materials
• Telephone-based counseling
 Nicotine replacement drugs
 Bupropion
 Varinicline
• Electronic cigarettes
 Cough and cold products
➢ Dextromorphan
• Psychoactive in high doses
➢ Promethazine-codeine
• Effects: euphoria, dissociation, hallucinations, relaxation
➢ Side effects
 Anabolic-androgenic steroids
➢ Treatment
• Antidepressants
• Behavioral therapy
 Special Needs of Patients With Substance Use Disorder
 Surgical patients
➢ High-risk problems
• Drug interactions
• Postoperative complications
• Death
➢ Assess for drug use and screen for alcohol misuse
 Surgical patients
➢ Postoperative period
• Monitor for signs and symptoms of drug interactions with pain
medications/anesthesia.
• Monitor for withdrawal.
➢ Adverse effects
• Delirium, delirium tremens
• Seizures
• Withdrawal syndrome
 Pain management for patient with substance use disorder
➢ Treat patient with dignity and respect.
➢ Pain is a higher priority than substance use disorder.
 Nurse With Substance Use Disorder

➢ Drug use is a major concern in health care profession
 Most commonly used drugs

➢ Cannabis
➢ Cocaine
➢ Opioids
➢ Alcohol
➢ Nicotine
38
PHARMACOLOGY
 Contributing factors
➢ Job stress, emotional demands of nursing, long hours and shift rotation,
easy access to drugs.
 Characteristics
➢ Changes in personality behavior, tardiness in the workplace, incompetence,
illogical documentation
 Management
➢ Non disciplinary programs designed for evaluation and treatment
 NursingProcess:
Tobacco Use Disorder
 Assessment
➢ Assess current smoking status and smoking history.
➢ Determine willingness of patient to attempt to quit.
➢ Identify patient’s locus of control.
➢ Health maintenance, ineffective related to the presence of adverse personal
habits (smoking)
➢ Powerlessness related to perceived lack of control over ability to give up
nicotine.
 Planning
➢ Patient begins to identify ways to achieve control over nicotine use.
➢ The patient identifies and uses available resources.
➢ The patient demonstrates positive health maintenance behaviors as
evidenced by keeping scheduled appointments and participating in a
tobacco cessation program.
➢ Advise patient to keep list of “slips” and “near-slips” to learn to avoid their
causes.
➢ Assist patient with problem solving.
➢ Encourage patient to avoid environments and activities previously
associated with smoking.
 Evaluation
➢ To prevent relapse, evaluate the cessation of plan including support system,
39
PHARMACOLOGY
Practice Test
1. A patient who smoked 1 pack of cigarettes a day for 2 years abruptly stopped
smoking 2 days ago. The nurse performing an assessment on the patient identifies
manifestations of nicotine withdrawal as including
A. increased appetite and blood pressure.
B. restlessness and increased blood pressure.
C. depression and decreased blood pressure.
D. nausea, confusion, and seizures.
2. The nurse performing an assessment on a patient identifies the manifestations of

cocaine use, which include
A. fatigue and hallucinations.

B. cardiac dysrhythmias and violent behavior.
C. shock and hypotension.
D. shallow respirations and pallor.
3. A patient with a known opioid addiction is to have surgery. In planning the patient’s
postoperative pain management, the nurse will
A. withhold opioid medications.
B. treat the addiction before managing pain.
C. provide pain management as needed.
D. anticipate that the patient will experience less pain.
40
PHARMACOLOGY
UNIT II
PHARMACOTHERAPHY AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION
CHAPTER 8
The Nursing Process and Patient - Centered Care
At the end of the course, the level II students will be able to:
1. Discuss the guidelines in relation to safe drug administration.
2. Describe the steps in nursing process and its importance in drug administration.
3. Analyze the roles of the nurse before, during and after drug administration.
 Quality Safety Education for Nurses (QSEN)

➢ Guides nurses in the practice of safe, comprehensive care
 QSEN competencies
➢ Patient and family-centered care
➢ Collaborating and teamwork
➢ Evidence-based practice
➢ Quality improvement
➢ Safety
➢ Informatics
 Nursing Process
Five-step decision-making approach
➢ Assessment
➢ Diagnosis
➢ Planning
➢ Implementation
➢ Evaluation
 Assessment
Subjective data
➢ Current health history
➢ Patient signs and symptoms
➢ Current medications and concerns
➢ Allergies
➢ Financial barriers
➢ Tobacco, alcohol, and caffeine use
➢ Cultural dietary barriers
➢ Home safety needs
➢ Caregiver needs and support system
Objective data
➢ Physical health assessment
➢ Laboratory and diagnostic test results
➢ Physician’s notes (health history)
➢ Measurement of vital signs
➢ Patient’s body language
 Nursing Diagnoses
➢ Pain, acute related to post operative wound.
➢ Confusion, acute related to adverse reaction to medication
41
PHARMACOLOGY
➢ Health maintenance, ineffective related to not receiving recommended

preventive care
➢ Knowledge, deficient related to effects of anticoagulant medication
➢ Noncompliance related to forgetfulness
➢ Health maintenance, ineffective related to lack of finances
 Planning
Effective goal-setting characteristics
➢ Patient centered
➢ Realistic and measurable
➢ Reasonable deadlines
➢ Acceptable to both patient and nurse
➢ Dependent on patient’s decision-making ability
➢ Shared with other health care providers, family, and caregivers
➢ Identifies components for evaluation
Effective goal-setting examples

➢ The patient will independently administer prescribed dose of 4 units of
regular insulin by the end of the fourth session of instruction.
➢ The patient will prepare a 3-day medication recording sheet that correctly
reflects the prescribed medication schedule by the end of the second
session of instruction.
 Implementation
➢ Education
➢ Drug administration
➢ Patient care
➢ Interventions needed for established goals
Factors promoting patient teaching

➢ Patient must be ready to learn.
➢ Nurse and patient must be fully engaged.
➢ Timing is important.
➢ Conducive quiet environment
➢ Eliminate barriers (pain).
• Have interpreter if language barrier.
• Have family member present if patient is forgetful.
Factors promoting patient teaching
➢ Tailor teaching to patient’s education level.
➢ Utilize several sessions to avoid overload.
➢ Utilize community resources.
➢ Evaluate patient’s understanding of instruction.
 Patient teaching
➢ General
➢ Side effects
➢ Self-administration
➢ Diet
➢ Cultural considerations
 Evaluation
➢ Determine if goals were met.
➢ Determine if teaching objectives were met.
➢ Determine need for follow-up.
➢ Refer to community resources.
➢ Document successful goal attainment.
42
PHARMACOLOGY
Practice TEST
Which is a correctly written goal by the nurse?

A. Patient will administer the prescribed dose.
B. Patient will learn to administer insulin.
C. Patient will know how to take insulin correctly.
D. Patient will independently administer the prescribed dose of insulin at the end of 1
hour of instruction.
Which information will the nurse include in the patient teaching? (Select all that apply.)
A. Cost of drugs
B. Administration technique
C. Instructions regarding drug discontinuation
D. Foods to avoid when taking a certain drug
E. Side effects to report to health care provider
What is the first step of the nursing process when working with patients receiving drug
therapy?
A. Assessment
B. Planning
C. Implementation
D. Evaluation
Before information about drug therapy is presented to a patient, it is most important for
the nurse to
A. determine the patient’s reading level.
B. plan the number of teaching sessions.
C. assess the patient’s readiness to learn.
D. tell the patient that he or she must comply with the drug therapy.
43
PHARMACOLOGY
CHAPTER 9
Safety and Quality
At the end of the course, level II students will be able to:
1. Identify the rights in medication administration, including the nurses’rights
2. Analyze the safety risks with drug administration.
3. Discuss the safe waste disposal.
 “Five-Plus-Five Rights” of
Medication Administration
 Rights of medication administration
➢ Right patient
➢ Right drug
➢ Right dose
➢ Right time
➢ Right route
 Five additional rights
➢ Right assessment
➢ Right documentation
➢ Patient’s right to education
➢ Right evaluation
➢ Patient’s right to refuse
 Right patient
➢ Two forms of identification required
 Right drug
➢ Order must be prescribed by licensed health care provider.
➢ Drug label must be read three times.
➢ Nurse should be familiar with patient’s health record, allergies, lab results,
and vital signs.
➢ Nurse should know why the patient is receiving medication.
 Right dose
➢ Nurse should check dosage calculation.
 Right time
➢ Use health care agency policy.
➢ Use of military time reduces errors.
 “Five-Plus-Five Rights” of
 Right route
➢ Necessary for adequate absorption.
➢ Assess patient’s ability to swallow oral medication.
➢ Do not crush or mix medications without properly consulting pharmacist or
reliable drug source.
➢ Check if patient is scheduled for diagnostic procedures or dialysis.
➢ Administer antibiotics at even intervals throughout the day to maintain
therapeutic drug levels.
➢ Offer patient water but not juice (iron may be taken with orange juice).
 Nurse’s Responsibilities of
Medication Administration
 Right assessment
➢ Collect appropriate baseline data before drug administration.
• Health history, allergies, vital signs, lab results
 Right documentation
➢ Record drug administration immediately.
44
PHARMACOLOGY
➢ Document patient’s response to medication.

 Right to education
➢ Teach patient accurate and complete drug information.
 Nurse’s Responsibilities of
 Right evaluation
➢ Determine drug effectiveness.
➢ Determine side effects and adverse drug reactions.
 Right to refuse
➢ Nurse should explain risks involved.
➢ Nurse should reinforce reasons and benefits of the drug.
➢ Nurse should document refusal immediately.
➢ Follow-up is required.
Nurses Rights When Administering Medications

 Nurses rights
➢ Right to a complete and clear order
➢ Right to have the correct drug, route (form), and dose dispensed
➢ Right to have access to information
➢ Right to have policies to guide safe medication administration
➢ Right to administer medications safely and to identify system problems
➢ Right to stop, think, and be vigilant when administering medications
Safety in Medication Administration

 Culture of safety
➢ ANA encourages organization to avoid punitive approaches in drug error
reporting.
➢ Individuals should be encouraged to report drug errors, so the system can
be repaired and fixed.
 The Joint Commission (TJC) has taken steps to support safety and quality care in
the workplace.
 TJC developed National Patient Safety Goals.
 TJC focuses on health care safety problems and resolution.
 Safety
➢ As part of their National Patient Safety Goals, TJC announced in 2004 that
all accredited organizations may no longer use selected abbreviations,
acronyms, and symbols because they can be misinterpreted or misread.
➢ TJC’s website at www.jointcommission.org and the Institute for Safe
Medication Practices at www.ismp.org
➢ FDA’s black-box warnings
 Drug reconciliation
➢ Develop an accurate list of current medications.
➢ Advise patient to always carry a list of personal drug information in the case
of emergency.
➢ Advise patient to update drug list whenever a change occurs.
➢ Advise patient to bring a list of medications to each doctor appointment.
 Disposal of medications
➢ Follow specific information on drug label or insert.
➢ Transfer drug from original container to undesirable substance (i.e., kitty
litter).
➢ Place mixture in container (i.e., sealed plastic bag).
➢ Remove all identifying information on label before disposing of empty
container.
➢ Do not flush drugs down toilet unless specifically instructed.
➢ Return drugs to community “drug take-back” program.
45
PHARMACOLOGY
➢ Consult pharmacist if any disposal questions.
 Sharps safety
➢ The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Needlestick
Safety and Prevention Act of 2000
➢ The Consensus Statement and Call to Action (2012)
 Examples of safety risks for medication administration

➢ Tablet splitting
➢ Buying drugs over the internet
 Counterfeit drugs may have

➢ look like desired drug
➢ no active ingredient
➢ wrong ingredient
➢ improperly package or contaminated
➢ Purchase drugs only from licensed pharmacies
 Dosage forms
➢ Always consult pharmacist, health care provider, or reliable drug source
regarding crushing a drug.
➢ Do not crush extended- or sustained-release drugs.
 High-alert medications
➢ Can cause significant harm if given in error
➢ Examples: Epinephrine, insulin, opium tincture, nitroprusside, potassium
chloride injection concentrate, heparin, warfarin
 Look-alike and sound-alike drug names

➢ Examples: Ephedrine–Epinephrine
➢ Amaryl–Reminyl
➢ Captopril–Carvedilol
➢ Depo-medrol–SoluMedrol
 Other factors to prevent medication errors

➢ Distraction-free environment
➢ Medication safety zone
 Resources
➢ The Institute for Safe Medication Practices (ISMP) provides accurate
medication safety information.
➢ FDA database of medication errors helps identification, implementation,
evaluation strategies to prevent medication errors.
➢ Drug reference book, pharmacist, or acceptable technology resource
➢ FDA MedWatch Program
➢ http://www.fda.gov/safety/medwatch/default.htm
 Guidelines for medication administration

➢ Check patient’s medications with health care provider’s order for accuracy.
➢ Check for allergies.
➢ Prepare medications for only one patient at a time.
➢ Calculate medication dose and perform a double-check of the calculation.
➢ Check expiration date on drug labels and only use current drugs.
➢ Never leave medications unattended.
➢ Administer only drugs that you have prepared.
➢ Identify patient with at least two patient identifiers.
➢ Stay with patient until all medications have been taken.
46
PHARMACOLOGY
➢ Record effectiveness and results of medication administered.
47
PHARMACOLOGY
Practice Test
The nurse is required to chart the patient’s response to all of the following groups of
medications except
A. opioids.
B. antiemetics.
C. sedatives.
D. antihyperlipidemics.
What is the primary purpose of self-medication administration?

A. To cut down on the amount of staff needed in the health care facility
B. To empower the patient to be more effective in management of the therapeutic
regimen
C. To decrease medication errors
D. To decrease the time the patient needs to wait for the medication
A nurse reads the following order: “Take one multivitamin qod.” The nurse will
A. administer 1 multivitamin every morning.
B. give the patient 1 multivitamin every other day.
C. call the prescriber to clarify the order.
D. refuse to administer the multivitamin and document it as not administered.
48
PHARMACOLOGY
Chapter 10
Drug Administration
At the end of the course, students will be able
1. Identify the various routes of administration.
2. Analyze the nursing interventions associated with the different routes of
administration.
3. Apply the nursing process to the drug administration.
:
 Self-administration in medication
➢ Institute for Safe Medication Practices provided the Free booklet: “Your
Medicine: Play It Safe” (https://www.ismp.org/consumers/safemeds.pdf)
 Forms and Routes of

Drug Administration
 Forms and routes of administration

➢ Sublingual,(under the tongue) buccal (between the cheek and gum)
• should remain in place till fully absorbed
• no food or fluid should be taken while the drug is still in place.
➢ Oral
• most common and convenient
• Tablets, capsules; liquids, suspensions, elixirs
• not given for clients who are vomiting
• enteric coated should not be crushed
➢ Transdermal, topical
• stored in a patch placed and absorbed on a skin to produce a
systemic effect.
• can be left in place for 12hrs or 7 days depending on the drug.
• sites should be rotated to avoid skin breakdown.
➢ Instillation
• liquid drugs usually given as Drops, sprays, ointments
➢ Inhalation
49
PHARMACOLOGY
•Metered Dose Inhalers are handled devices used to deliver a

commonly prescribed drug for asthma.
• when the airway is constricted, the drug is needed quickly
➢ Nasogastric and gastrostomy tubes
• check the patency of the tube prior to drug administration.
• Place in high fowler’s position.
• Ensure that the drug can becrushed.
• flush the tube with 30cc NSS .
➢ Suppositories
• solid medical preparation cone or spindle shaped for rectal insertion
➢ Parenteral
 Eye ointment
50
PHARMACOLOGY
 Eardrops
 Nose drops and sprays
51
PHARMACOLOGY
 Nasogastric and gastrostomy tubes

➢ Always check for proper placement and gastric residual before
administering drugs
➢ Place the patient in high Fowler position or elevate the head of the bed at
least 30 degrees
 Suppositories
➢ Rectal
➢
 Suppositories
➢ Vaginal
52
PHARMACOLOGY
 Parenteral Drug Administration
 Intradermal
53
PHARMACOLOGY
 Subcutaneous
54
PHARMACOLOGY
 Intramuscular
➢ Ventrogluteal
 Intramuscular
➢ Deltoid
55
PHARMACOLOGY
 Intramuscular
➢ Vastus lateralis
 Intramuscular
➢ Z-track injection
56
PHARMACOLOGY
 Intravenous Drug Administration
 Developmental Needs of Pediatric Patients

- Stranger anxiety
- Hospitalization, illness, or injury viewed as punishment
- Fear of procedure
• Technological Advances
➢ Pain-free delivery of insulin through a transdermal patch

➢ Insulin pumps that deliver insulin based upon monitoring of glucose level
➢ Robotic mixing of antineoplastic drugs
 Nursing Process: Overview of Drug Administration
 Assessment
- Obtain Vital Signs
57
PHARMACOLOGY
- Determine Level of Consciousness, risk for aspiration and ability to take

medication orally ( tablet, capsule or liquid)
- Assess for history of allergy
- Risk for injury related to possible drug reaction
- Readiness for Enhanced learning management related to medication regimen
 Planning
- Promote therapeutic response thus preventing or minimizing adverse reaction.
- Promote adherence to drug regimen
➢ Verify the patient using two identifiers
➢ Assess for history f allergy
➢ Compute for the right dose, verify with another nurse
➢ Check drug label 3x, rights in giving medication
➢ Do not give what you do not prepare
➢ Assist in proper position
➢ Discard the needles ang syringes in needlestick container, do not recap
➢ Health teaching
➢ Cultural considerations
 Evaluation
- Evaluate the drug effectiveness
- Identify the expected time frame of the desired outcome.
58
PHARMACOLOGY
POST TEST
1. An 18-year-old has an external ear infection to be treated with eardrops. The nurse
correctly instructs the patient to angle the ear
A. down and back.
B. up and out.
C. down and forward.
D. up and forward.
2. A nurse is planning to administer an intradermal injection to a patient. Which

represents the appropriate technique for this route?
A. 21-gauge needle at 33 degrees
B. 20-gauge needle at 90 degrees
C. 23-gauge needle at 45 degrees
D. 26-gauge needle at 15 degrees
3. Which statement about transdermal drugs is true?

A. Transdermal drugs are preferred because they exert only a local effect.
B. Transdermal drugs provide more consistent blood levels than oral and injection
forms.
C. For maximum effectiveness, transdermal patches should be reapplied to the same
location when reapplied.
D. For maximum effectiveness, the skin should not be cleansed with soap once it has
been exposed to a transdermal drug.
4. The Z-track method is the preferred method of administration for which drug?
A. Vitamin B12
B. Iron dextran
C. Penicillin
D. Morphine
59
PHARMACOLOGY
Chapter 11
Drug Calculations
At the end of the course, level 2 students will be able to:
1. Discuss the metric and household system of management
2. Convert larger units to smaller units ad smaller units to larger units within the metric
and household system.
3. Convert between metric and household measurement.
Metric system
➢ Gram =
➢ Liter
➢ Meter
 Household system
➢ Not as accurate as metric system
➢ 1 teaspoon = 5 mL
➢ 3 teaspoons = 1 tablespoon
➢ 2 tablespoons = 1 ounce
 Interpreting drug labels
➢ Trade name
➢ Generic name
➢ Drug amount
➢ Lot number
➢ Expiration date
➢ Proper storage
➢ Whether it is a controlled substance
 Precautions when reading drug labels

➢ Be aware some drug names sound or look alike.
➢ Perform a minimum of three label checks with the patient’s medication
record.
Methods of drug calculation

➢ Generally calculations are made for one dose.
 Three general methods for calculation of drug dosage
➢ Basic formula
➢ Ratio and proportion/fractional equation
➢ Dimensional analysis
 Nurse should select one method and use it consistently.
Method 1: Basic Formula (BF)
D (desired) × V (vehicle-amt) = Amount to give
H (on hand)
Order: ciprofloxacin (Cipro) 0.5 g, po, q12h
Available: Cipro 250 mg tablet
Change 0.5 g to 500 mg (move decimal point 3 spaces to right)
2
500 mg × 1 tab = 2 tablets of Cipro
250 mg
1
Method 2: Fractional Equation (FE)

H (on hand) = D (desired)
V (vehicle-amt) x
Order: ciprofloxacin (Cipro) 0.5 g, po, q12h (0.5 g = 500 mg)
60
PHARMACOLOGY
Available: Cipro 250-mg tablet

250 mg = 500 mg (cross multiply)
1 tab x
250x = 500
x = 500/250
x = 2 tablets of Cipro
Method 3: Dimensional Analysis (DA)

V (form) = V (vehicle) × C (H) × D (desired) =
H (on hand) × C (D) × 1
Drug label × conversion × drug order

factor
4
tab = 1 tablet × 1000 mg × 0.5 g = 2 tablets
250 mg× 1g × 1
1
 Methods of calculation
➢ Body weight
➢ Convert pounds to kilograms, 2.2 lb = 1 kg
➢ Drug dose X body weight = patient’s dose
Method 5: Body Weight
D (desired) × kg × 1 day or dose =
Order: Cipro 20 mg × kg × day in 2 divided doses
Patient’s weight: 88 pounds (88 lb ÷ 2.2 = 40 kg)
Available: Cipro 100 mg/mL in oral suspension
20 mg × 40 kg × day = 800 mg/day or 400 mg/dose
Give: 4 mL of oral suspension of Cipro.
 Methods of calculation
➢ Body surface area
➢ Find body surface area on the West Nomogram.
Method 6: Body Surface Area (BSA)

To calculate the drug dosage using the BSA method, multiply the drug dose ordered by
the number of square meters.
Order: cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan) 100 mg/m2/day, IV
patient’s BSA: 1.8 m2
100 mg x 1.8 m2 (BSA) = 180 mg/day
Give 180 mg/day of Cytoxan
 Calculating suspensions and solutions

➢ Drug in powder form
➢ Diluent
➢ Nurse must follow directions for reconstitution on label exactly.
 Considerations when calculating dosages of oral drugs
➢ Tablets, capsules, liquids
• Sustained release
• Enteric coated
➢ Drugs administered via nasogastric tube
• Drug should not be mixed with feeding solution.
• Dilute drug in 15 to 30 mL of water or other desired fluid.
• Follow with another 15 to 30 mL of water or other desired fluid.
 Considerations When Calculating Dosages of Parenteral Drugs

➢ Injectable preparations
61
PHARMACOLOGY
➢ Syringes
➢ Vials and ampules
 Drug calculation in units

➢ Grams
➢ Milligrams
➢ Micrograms
➢ Units
➢ Insulin syringe
➢ Tuberculin syringe
 Intravenous therapy
➢ Methods of IV administration
• Intermittent bolus, IV push, IV piggyback, primary IV fluid
➢ IV administration sets
➢ Secondary IV administration sets
➢ Intermittent infusion adapters and devices
➢ Electronic infusion devices
• IV pumps, patient-controlled analgesia, syringe pumps
➢ Safety considerations for IV infusions
• Infiltration
• Free flow rate
 Calculating intravenous flow rate: milliliters per hour

➢ Required information
• Volume to be infused
• Drop factor of infusion set
• Time frame
 Calculation of Intravenous Fluids
Amount of fluid ÷ hours to administer = mL/h
mL/h × gtt/mL (IV set) = gtt/min
60 min
Order: 1000 mL of 5% DW with .45% NaCl, q8h
IV set: 10 gtt/mL
1000 mL ÷ 8 h = 125 mL/h
1
125 mL x 10 gtt/mL = 125 = 20.8 or 21 gtt/min
60 min 6
6
 Calculating intravenous flow rate: drops per minute
➢ Nurse must calculate gtts/min.
 Calculating Intravenous Flow Rate: Drops Per Minute (Cont.)
Amount of solution × gtt/mL (IV set) = gtt/min
minutes to administer
Order: ticarcillin (Ticar) 500 mg, IV, q6h
Available: Ticar 1 g (add 4 mL of diluent)
Set and solution: calibrated cylinder, drop factor: 60 gtt/mL
Instruction: dilute drug in 75 mL of D5W and infuse over 40 min.
3
75 mL × 60 gtt/mL = 225 = 112.5 or 113 gtt/min
40 min to admin 2
2
 Calculating Critical Care Drugs

➢ Most critical care drugs are titrated to patient response.
62
PHARMACOLOGY
Practice Test
A nurse is adding up a patient’s intake and output. Intake includes 180 mL of coffee, 4
ounces of gelatin, a 12-ounce can of soda, and 120 mL of water. The intake totals
A. 540 mL.
B. 700 mL.
C. 780 mL.
D. 880 mL.
A patient is to receive 50 mg of meperidine. The medication comes in a concentration of

100 mg/mL. The nurse should administer
A. 0.25 mL.
B. 0.5 mL.
C. 0.75 mL.
D. 1 mL.
A patient is to receive 100 mL of a fluid bolus over 2 h. The drip factor for the IV set is 15
gtt/mL. At what rate should this bolus be administered?
A. 12.5 gtt/min
B. 25 gtt/min
C. 30 gtt/min
D. 50 gtt/min
63
PHARMACOLOGY
CHAPTER 12
TYPES OF INTRAVENOUS SOLUTION
Fluid Volume and Electrolytes
Homeostasis
Maintenance of proper equilibrium
➢ Intracellular fluid
➢ Extracellular fluid
• Interstitial compartment
• Intravascular compartment
• Transcellular compartment (third-space)
Fluid Volume and Electrolyte Replacement
Osmolality of body fluids
➢ Isoosmolar
➢ Hypoosmolar
➢ Hyperosmolar
Tonicity
➢ Measurement of concentration of IV solutions compared with osmolality of
body fluids
Homeostasis
➢ Anions and cations balanced
➢ Fluid compartments in osmotic equilibrium
➢ Fluid and particle movement
• Osmosis
• Diffusion
• Hydrostatic pressure
• Active transport
Fluid replacement considerations

➢ All routes of fluid intake and loss
➢ Daily water requirements
➢ Water, electrolyte, and protein requirements
➢ Patient’s weight, caloric needs
➢ Body surface area
➢ Illness
64
PHARMACOLOGY
➢ Surgery
Types of IV solutions
➢ Crystalloids
• Isotonic
• Hypotonic
• Hypertonic
➢ Colloids
➢ Blood and blood products
➢ Lipid emulsion
Crystalloids uses
➢ Short-term maintenance therapy
➢ Treat dehydration and electrolyte imbalance
➢ May be isotonic, hypotonic, hypertonic
Examples
➢ Dextrose5 in water (D5W)
• Isotonic (unless continuous or rapid)
➢ Normal saline solution (0.9% NSS)
• Isotonic solution
➢ Lactated Ringers
Colloids volume expanders

➢ Dextran solutions
➢ Albumin
➢ Hetastarch
Blood and blood products
➢ Whole blood
➢ Packed red blood cells
➢ Plasma
➢ Platelets
Lipid emulsion
Nursing Process: Fluid Imbalance
Assessment
➢ Identify patients at risk for fluid volume deficit and excess
65
PHARMACOLOGY
➢ Assess patient’s vital signs, lab values, and note baseline values
Nursing diagnoses
➢ Fluid volume, deficient related to fluid loss, and/or inadequate fluid intake
➢ Fluid volume, deficient related to altered regulatory mechanisms, and
excess fluid or sodium intake
Planning
➢ The patient will exhibit balanced fluid volume.
➢ The patient will have balanced intake and output over 24-hour period.
Nursing interventions
➢ Ensure prescribed amount of IV fluid infuses hourly.
➢ Monitor for signs and symptoms of fluid volume deficit.
Evaluation
Electrolytes
➢ Potassium
• Major intracellular cation
➢ Sodium
• Major ECF cation
➢ Calcium
➢ Magnesium
➢ Chloride
➢ Phosphorus (phosphate)
Electrolyte functions
➢ Transmission and conduction of nerve impulses
➢ Contraction of cardiac, skeletal, and smooth muscles
➢ Normal kidney function
➢ Change carbohydrates to energy
➢ Change amino acids to protein
➢ Role in acid–base balance
➢ Regulates osmolality of cellular fluids
Potassium normal serum range
➢ 3.5 to 5.0 mEq/L
Functions
Hypokalemia
➢ Less than 3.5 mEq/L
66
PHARMACOLOGY
➢ Signs and symptoms

Hyperkalemia
➢ More than 5.0 mEq/L
Correction of potassium deficit and excess
Administration
➢ Oral, IV (must be diluted)
Foods high in potassium
➢ Fruits, fruit juice, vegetables
Drug effect on potassium balance
Nursing Process: Potassium
Assessment
➢ Assess patient for signs and symptoms of potassium imbalance
➢ Assess potassium level
Nursing diagnoses
➢ Knowledge, deficient related to drugs and foods affecting potassium level
➢ Cardiac output, decreased related to excess serum potassium
Nursing Process: Potassium
Planning
➢ The patient’s serum potassium level will be WNL.
➢ Give oral K with at least 8 oz water or juice.
➢ Administer K-containing IV solutions via a calibrated infusion pump.
➢ Monitor K levels frequently.
➢ Monitor ECG.
Evaluation
Sodium normal serum range
➢ 135 to 145 mEq/L
Function
Hyponatremia: less than 135 mEq/L
➢ Correction of a sodium deficit
Hypernatremia: more than 145 mEq/L
67
PHARMACOLOGY

Foods high in sodium
Nursing Process: Sodium
Assessment
➢ Check patient’s serum sodium imbalance.
➢ Assess the patient for signs and symptoms of sodium imbalance.
Nursing diagnoses
➢ Fluid volume, imbalance (excess) related to water retention
➢ Fluid volume, imbalance (deficit) related to nasogastric suctioning
Planning
➢ The patient’s serum sodium level will be WNL.
➢ Instruct patient on signs and symptoms of hyponatremia and
hypernatremia.
➢ Monitor serum sodium levels and report abnormal levels.
Evaluation
Calcium normal serum range
➢ 8.6 to 10.2 mg/dL
Function
Hypocalcemia
➢ Less than 8.6 mg/dL
• Bone fractures, anxiety, irritability, tetany
Hypercalcemia
➢ More than 10.2 mg/dL
Clinical management of calcium imbalance
Nursing Process: Calcium
Assessment
➢ Check serum calcium levels.
➢ Assess for signs and symptoms of calcium imbalance
➢ Obtain baseline vital signs and ECG readings
Nursing diagnoses
➢ Nutrition, imbalance: less than body requirements related to GI discomfort
68
PHARMACOLOGY
➢ Tissue integrity, impaired related to numbness and tingling of hands

Planning
➢ The patient’s serum calcium level will be WNL.
➢ The patient’s tetany symptoms will cease.
➢ Monitor serum total calcium and ionized calcium levels.
➢ Monitor vital signs and report abnormal findings.
➢ Monitor ECG.
Evaluation
Magnesium normal serum range
➢ 1.5 to 2.5 mEq/L
Function
Hypomagnesemia
➢ Less than 1.5 mEq/L
➢ Foods high in magnesium
Hypermagnesemia
➢ More than 2.5 mEq/L
Nursing Process: Magnesium
Assessment
➢ Check serum magnesium level
➢ Assess the patient for signs and symptoms of magnesium imbalance
Nursing diagnoses
➢ Nutrition, imbalance: less than body requirements related to insufficient
intake of magnesium-rich foods
➢ Cardiac output, decreased related to hypomagnesemia or
hypermagnesemia
Planning
➢ The patient’s serum magnesium level will be WNL.
➢ Monitor serum magnesium results.
➢ Monitor vital signs.
➢ Monitor urine output.
69
PHARMACOLOGY
➢ Check for Trousseau and Chvostek signs of severe hypomagnesemia.

Evaluation
Chloride
Principal anion in ECF
Normal serum range
➢ 96 to 106 mEq/L
Functions
Hypochloremia
Hyperchloremia
Fluid Volume and Electrolyte Replacement (Cont.)
Phosphorous
Major anion in ICF
Normal serum range
➢ 2.4 to 4.4 mEq/L
Functions
Hypophosphatemia
Foods high in phosphorous
Hyperphosphatemia
70
PHARMACOLOGY
Practice Test
1. Which are manifestations of hypocalcemia? (Select all that apply.)
A. Twitching of the mouth
B. Seizures
C. Urinary retention
D. Carpopedal spasms
2. Which foods would not be recommended for a patient who needs to eat a diet
high in potassium?
A. Dried fruits
B. Bananas and plums
C. Broccoli and peanut butter
D. Eggs and whole-grain breads
3. A patient sustains a significant blood loss secondary to a trauma. The nurse
anticipates using which fluid to best replace the losses?
A. Crystalloids
B. Colloids
C. Blood products
D. Lipids
4. A patient is noted to have a serum potassium level of 5.6 mEq/L. The first action
the nurse would anticipate would be to
A. provide IV hydration to dilute the potassium.
B. administer sodium polystyrene sulfonate (Kayexalate).
C. institute potassium restriction.
D. administer a potassium-wasting diuretic.
5. A nurse is caring for a patient who was admitted with multiple fractures and
hypercalcemia. Which symptom would the nurse expect to find during an
assessment of the patient with hypercalcemia?
A. Tetany
B. Flabby muscles
C. Irritability
D. Anxiety
6. What is probably the most undiagnosed electrolyte deficiency?
A. Hypokalemia
B. Hypocalcemia
C. Hypomagnesemia
D. Hyponatremia
71
PHARMACOLOGY
Unit III
Drugs Affecting the Body System
CHAPTER 13
Autonomic Nervous system
• The autonomic nervous system (ANS), also called the visceral system, acts on
smooth muscles and glands.
• Its functions include control and regulation of the heart, respiratory system,
gastrointestinal tract, bladder, eyes, and glands.
• The ANS is an involuntary nervous system over which we have little or no
control. We breathe, our hearts beat, and peristalsis continues without us
realizing it.
• However, unlike the ANS, the somatic nervous system is a voluntary system
that innervates skeletal muscles over which there is control.
The two sets of neurons in the autonomic component of the PNS are the:
(1) afferent (sensory) neurons - send impulses to the CNS, where they are interpreted.
(2) efferent (motor) neurons - receive the impulses (information) from the brain and
transmit these impulses through the spinal cord to the effector organ cells.
• The efferent pathways in the ANS are divided into two branches:
A. sympathetic nervous system - also called the adrenergic system
(norepinephrine – neurotransmitter)
4 adrenergic receptors are
1. alpha 1 3. beta 1
2. alpha 2 4. beta 2
B. parasympathetic nervous system - is called the cholinergic system

(acetylcholine – neurotransmitter)
Cholinergic receptors are- nicotinic or muscarinic by stimulation of
alkaloid’s nicotine and muscarine respectively.
• Drugs act on the sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous systems by either
stimulating or depressing responses.
Table 15.1. SYMPATHETIC AND PARASYMPATHETIC RESPONSES TO DRUGS

SYMPATHETIC PARASYMPATHETIC RESPONSE
Sympathomimetic Parasympathomimetic Opposite response
Sympatholytic Parasympatholytic Opposite response
Sympathomimetic Parasympatholytic Similar response
Sympatholytic Parasympathomimetic Similar response
Adrenergic Agonists and Antagonist

This chapter discusses the two groups of drugs affecting the sympathetic nervous
system- adrenergic agonist and adrenergic antagonists, also called adrenergic blockers
along with their dosages and uses.
Objective:
⚫ Identify the general indications of adrenergic agonists and adrenergic antagonists
⚫ Differentiate the side effects of adrenergic agonists and adrenergic antagonists
72
PHARMACOLOGY
⚫ Analyze the nursing interventions and health teachings to patient associated with
adrenergic agonists and antagonists
⚫ Create a nursing process for the patient taking beta adrenergic agonist
ADRENERGIC AGONISTS
⚫ Drugs that stimulate the sympathetic nervous system are called adrenergics,
adrenergic agonists, or sympathomimetics because they mimic the sympathetic
neurotransmitters norepinephrine and epinephrine.
⚫ They act on one or more adrenergic receptor sites located in the effector cells of
muscles, such as the heart, bronchiole walls, gastrointestinal (GI) tract, urinary
bladder, and ciliary muscle of the eye. There are many adrenergic receptors. The
four main receptors are alpha1, alpha2, beta1, and beta2, which mediate the
major responses.
Table 15.2. EFFECTS OF ADRENERGIC AGONIST AT RECEPTORS

RECEPTOR PHYSIOLOGIC RESPOSES
Alpha1 Increases force of heart contraction; vasoconstriction increases
blood pressure; mydriasis (dilation of pupils) occurs; decreases
secretion in salivary glands; increases urinary bladder relaxation and
urinary sphincter contraction
Alpha2 Alpha2 Inhibits release of norepinephrine; dilates blood vessels;
produces hypotension; decreases gastrointestinal motility and tone
Beta1 Increases heart rate and force of contraction; increases renin
secretion, which increases blood pressure
Beta2 Dilates bronchioles; promotes gastrointestinal and uterine
relaxation; promotes increase in blood sugar through glycogenolysis
in liver;
increases blood flow in skeletal muscles
• The alpha-adrenergic receptors are located in blood vessels, eye, bladder, and
prostate.
• When the alpha1 receptors in vascular tissues (vessels) of muscles are stimulated:
o the arterioles and venules constrict, increasing peripheral resistance and
blood return to the heart.
o Circulation is improved, and blood pressure is increased.
o When there is too much stimulation, blood flow is decreased to the vital
organs.
• The alpha2 receptors are located in the postganglionic sympathetic nerve
endings. When stimulated:
o inhibit the release of norepinephrine,→vasodilation →decrease in blood
pressure
• The beta1 receptors are located in the kidney but primarily in the heart. When
stimulated:
o increases myocardial contractility and heart rate.
• The beta2 receptors are found mostly in the smooth muscles of the lung,
gastrointestinal tract, the liver, and the uterine muscle. Stimulation causes:
o relaxation of the smooth muscles of the lungs, resulting in bronchodilation;
o a decrease in gastrointestinal tone and motility;
o activation of glycogenolysis in the liver and increased blood glucose; and
o relaxation of the uterine muscle, resulting in a decrease in uterine contraction
• Another adrenergic receptor is dopaminergic and is located in the renal,
mesenteric, coronary, and cerebral arteries (Only dopamine can activate this
receptor). When this receptor is stimulated:
73
PHARMACOLOGY
o the vessels dilate and blood flow increases.
Fig. 13. 1. FUNCTIONS OF ADRENERGICS
The figure shows sympathetic responses. Stimulation of the sympathetic nervous system
or use of sympathomimetic (adrenergic agonist) drugs, can cause the pupils and
bronchioles to dilate; heart rate to increase; blood vessels to constrict; and muscles of the
gastrointestinal tract, bladder, and uterus to relax, thereby decreasing contractions.
(Pharmacology book 9th edition)
Inactivation of Neurotransmitters
After the neurotransmitter (e.g., norepinephrine) has performed its function, the action
must be stopped to prevent prolonging the effect. Transmitters are inactivated by:
• reuptake of the transmitter back into the neuron (nerve cell terminal)
• enzymatic transformation or degradation, and
• diffusion away from the receptor.
The two enzymes that inactivate norepinephrine are:
• monoamine oxidase (MAO), which is inside the neuron
• catechol-O-methyltransferase (COMT), which is outside of the neuron.
The action of the neurotransmitter (e.g., norepinephrine) can be prolonged by either:
• inhibiting the norepinephrine reuptake, which prolongs the action of the
transmitter or
• inhibiting the degradation of norepinephrine by enzyme action
Classification of Sympathomimetics
Sympathomimetic drugs stimulate adrenergic receptors and are classified into three
categories:
1. direct acting sympathomimetics, which directly stimulate the adrenergic receptor
(e.g., epinephrine or norepinephrine)
2. indirect acting sympathomimetics, which stimulate the release of norepinephrine
from the terminal nerve endings (e.g., amphetamine)
3. mixed-acting sympathomimetics (both direct and indirect acting), which stimulate
the adrenergic receptor sites and stimulate the release of norepinephrine from
the terminal nerve endings (e.g., ephedrine, Pseudoephedrine)
Catecholamines - chemical structures of a substance (either endogenous or synthetic)

→produce a sympathomimetic response.
74
PHARMACOLOGY
Examples of endogenous catecholamines are:

• epinephrine
• norepinephrine
• dopamine.
Examples of synthetic catecholamines are:
• isoproterenol
• dobutamine.
Noncatecholamines - stimulate the adrenergic receptors. Most noncatecholamines

have a longer duration of action than the endogenous or synthetic catecholamines.
Examples of noncatecholamines are:
• phenylephrine
• metaproterenol
• albuterol
Example of adrenergic agonists that stimulate more than one of the adrenergic receptor
sites is
epinephrine (Adrenalin), acts on alpha1-, alpha 2-, beta1-, and beta2
Epinephrine
Pharmacokinetics Epinephrine can be administered:
• subcutaneously
• intravenously
• topically, or by inhalation
• intracardiac, and instillation methods.
• It is not given orally, because it is rapidly metabolized in the GI tract and liver
resulting in unstable serum levels.
Pharmacodynamics Epinephrine is frequently used in emergencies.

• to treat anaphylaxis, which is a life-threatening allergic response.
• is a potent inotropic (strengthens myocardial contraction) drug that increases
cardiac output
• promotes vasoconstriction and systolic blood pressure elevation
• increases heart rate and produces bronchodilation.
• high doses can result in cardiac dysrhythmias necessitating electrocardiogram
(ECG) monitoring.
• can also cause renal vasoconstriction, thereby decreasing renal perfusion and
urinary output.
• onset of action and peak concentration times are rapid.
• use of decongestants with epinephrine has an additive effect.
• when epinephrine is administered with digoxin, cardiac dysrhythmias may occur.
Side Effects and Adverse Reactions Undesirable side effects occurs when the
adrenergic drug dosage is increased.
Epinephrine (PROTOTYPE DRUG CHART 13.1)

Drug Class Dosage
Sympathomimetic: adrenergic agonist Anaphylaxis:
Trade Name: Adrenalin A A: subQ/IM: 0.3 mg EpiPen autoinjector may
Pregnancy Category: C* repeat in 5-20min PRN; max 2 doses
IV: 0.1-0.25 mg of 0.1mg/ml solution, may
repeat q5-15min PRN; may follow with 1-
4mcg/min infusion
75
PHARMACOLOGY
Contraindications Drug-Lab-Food Interactions

Cardiac tachydysrhythmias, cerebral Drug: Increased effects with tricyclic
arteriosclerosis, pregnancy, narrow antidepressants and MAOIs. Methyldopa
angle glaucoma, cardiogenic shock and beta blockers antagonize epinephrine
Caution: Hypertension, prostatic effects. Digoxin may cause dysrhythmias
hypertrophy, hyperthyroidism, with epinephrine.
pregnancy, diabetes mellitus Lab: Increase blood glucose, serum lactic
(hyperglycemia could result) acid
Pharmacokinetics Pharmacodynamics
Absorption: subQ/IM/IV: Rapidly; subQ: Onset: 5-15 min
inactivated in GI tract Peak: 20 min
Distribution: PB: UK Duration: 1-4 hours
Metabolism: t 1/2: <5min IM: Onset: variable
Excretion: In urine and breast milk Duration: 1-4 hours
IV: Onset: Immediate
Peak: 2-5 min
Duration: 5-10 min
Inhaled: Onset: 1 min
Peak: 3-5 min
Duration: 1-3 hours
Intraocular: Onset: 1 min to 1 hour
Duration: 1- 24 hours
Therapeutic Effects/Uses
To treat allergic reaction, anaphylaxis, asthma, bronchospasm, severe hypotension,
cardiac arrest
Mode of Action: Acts on alpha and beta receptors; promotion of CNS and cardiac
stimulation and bronchodilation; strengthens cardiac contraction, increases cardiac rate
and cardiac output; reduces mucosal congestion by inhibiting histamine release;
reverses anaphylactic reactions
Side Effects Adverse Reactions
Anorexia, nausea, vomiting, Palpitations, tachycardia, hypertension,
nervousness, tremors, agitation, dyspnea. Necrosis and gangrene of IV site
sweating, headache, pallor, insomnia, upon infiltration
weakness, dizziness Life-threatening: Ventricular fibrillation,
pulmonary edema
*Pregnancy categories have been revised. See http://www.fda.gov/drugs/Development
Approval process/DevelopmentResources/Labelling/ucm093307.htm for more
information. <, less than; A, adult; CNS, central nervous system; GI, gastrointestinal; IM,
intramuscular; IV, intravenous; MAOI, monoamine oxidase inhibitor; max, maximum;
min, minute; PB, protein binding; PRN, as necessary; q5min, every 5 minutes; subQ,
subcutaneous; t1/2, half-life; TCA, tricyclic antidepressant; UK, unknown
• Monitor BP, heart rate, urine output.
• Report tachycardia, palpitations, tremors, dizziness, hypertension.
• Monitor IV site for infiltration.
• Prepare Antidote: phentolamine mesylate (Regitine)
• Avoid cold medicines and diet pills if hypertensive, diabetic, CAD, or dysrhythmic.
• Avoid adrenergics when breastfeeding.
• Avoid continuous use of adrenergic nasal sprays.
Albuterol - Selective, activates only beta2-adrenergic receptors, promotes

bronchodilation
Pharmacokinetics Albuterol sulfate (Proventil, Ventolin)
• is well absorbed from the GI tract
• is extensively metabolized by the liver.
76
PHARMACOLOGY
•
half-life of the drug differs slightly according to the route of administration
o (oral route is 2.7 to 6 hours; inhalation route is 3.5 hours).
Pharmacodynamics - primary use of albuterol is to prevent and treat bronchospasm.
• Inhalation – 5 -15 min, onset of action is faster than with oral administration
• duration of action – 2 -6 hours same for both oral and inhalation preparations.
Albuterol (PROTOTYPE DRUG CHART 13.2)

Drug Class Dosage
Beta2-adrenergic agonist Acute bronchospasm
Trade Names: Proventil, Ventolin A/adol: MDI:2 inhal (90mcg/inhal) q4-6h
Pregnancy Category: C * Bronchospasm prophylaxis
Intermediate release:
A/adol: PO: 2-4 mg, q6 – 8h.; max: 32 mg/d
C 6-12 y: PO initially 2 mg tid/qid: max.
24mg/day
Extended release:
A/adol: PO 4-8mg q12h: max. 32mg/day
C 6-12 y. PO: Initially 4mg q12h: max.
24mg/day
Hypersensitivity, milk protein Drug: Increase effect with other
hypersensitivity sympathomimetics; may increase effect
Caution: Cardiac dysrhythmias, coronary with
artery disease MAOIs and TCAs
Caution: Severe cardiac disease, Antagonize effect with beta-adrenergic
hypertension, hyperthyroidism, diabetes blockers (beta blockers)
mellitus, renal dysfunction, advanced age, Lab: May increase glucose level slightly;
seizures, MAOI therapy, pregnancy may decrease serum potassium level
Absorption: Well absorbed from the GI Immediate release: PO: Onset: 30 min
tract after oral administration; Peak: 2-3 h
well absorbed from respiratory tract after Duration: 4-6 h
inhalation Extended release: PO: Onset: UK
Distribution: PB: 10% Peak: UK
Metabolism: t 1/2: Oral inhal 2.7-6 h; Inhal: Duration: 8-12h
3.5 h Inhal: Onset: 5-15 min
Excretion: 80% - 100 % excreted in the Peak: 0.5-2 h
urine Duration: 2-6 h
To treat asthma, bronchitis, for prophylaxis and treatment of bronchospasm
Mode of Action: Stimulates beta2-adrenergic receptors in the lungs, which relaxes the
bronchial smooth muscle, thus causing bronchodilation
Side Effects Tremor, dizziness, Adverse Reactions
drowsiness, nervousness, restlessness, Palpitations, tachycardia, hypertension,
agitation, anxiety, sweating, headache, infection, hyperglycemia, hypokalemia
nasopharyngitis, insomnia, weakness, Life-threatening: Cardiac dysrhythmias,
nausea, diarrhea, muscle cramps angioedema, bronchospasm, Stevens-
Johnson syndrome
information. A, adult; adol, adolescent; C, child; d, day; h, hour; GI, gastrointestinal;
inhal, inhalation; MAOI, monoamine oxidase inhibitor; MDI, metered-dose inhaler, PO,
by mouth; q4-6h, every 4 to 6 hours; qid, four times a day; min, minute; PB, protein
binding; t1/2, half-life; TCA, tricyclic antidepressant; tid, three times a day; UK,
unknown; y, year
77
PHARMACOLOGY
Nursing Process: Adrenergic Agonist
Assessment
• Determine the patient’s health history.
• Assess the patient’s drug history.
Nursing diagnosis
• Sleep pattern, disturbed related to the adverse drug effect of insomnia
• Knowledge, deficient related to drug administration
Planning
• Patient’s vital signs will be within acceptable range
• Patient’s will experience therapeutic effects by improved blood pressure and
breathing pattern
• Monitor IV site frequently when administering norepinephrine or dopamine
because extravasation of these drugs causes tissue damage and necrosis within
12 hours.
• Monitor ECG for dysrhythmias when adrenergic agonists are given IV.
• Explain that continuous use of nasal sprays or drops that contain an adrenergic
agonist may result in rebound nasal congestion.
Evaluation
• Evaluate the patient’s response to the administered adrenergic agonist
• Evaluate vital signs, and report abnormal findings
• Report possible drug-drug interactions.
ADRENERGIC ANTAGONISTS (ADRENERGIC BLOCKERS)

⚫ Drugs that block the effects of adrenergic neurotransmitters are called adrenergic
blockers, adrenergic antagonists, or sympatholytics.
⚫ act as antagonists to adrenergic agonists by blocking the alpha and beta receptor
sites.
⚫ Most adrenergic blockers block either the alpha receptor or the beta receptor.
⚫ block the effects of the neurotransmitter either directly by occupying the receptors
or indirectly by inhibiting the release of the neurotransmitter’s norepinephrine and
epinephrine.
1. Alpha-adrenergic blockers
• Drugs that block or inhibit a response at the alpha-adrenergic receptor site is called
alpha-adrenergic blockers or alpha blockers.
• Alpha-blocking agents are divided into two groups:
o selective alpha blockers that block alpha1
o nonselective alpha blockers that block alpha1 and alpha2.
Table 13.3 Effects of adrenergic Blockers at Receptors

RECEPTOR RESPONSES
Alpha1 Vasodilation: decreases blood pressure; reflex tachycardia
might result; miosis (constriction of pupil) occurs; suppresses
ejaculation; reduces contraction of smooth muscle in bladder
neck and prostate gland
Beta1
Decreases heart rate; reduces force of contractions
Beta2
Constricts bronchioles; contracts uterus; inhibits
glycogenolysis, which can decrease blood sugar
2. Beta-Adrenergic Blockers
• Beta-adrenergic blockers, commonly called beta blockers, decrease heart rate,
and a decrease in blood pressure usually follows.
• Some beta blockers are nonselective, blocking both beta1 and beta2 receptors.
78
PHARMACOLOGY
• Not only does the heart rate decrease because of beta1 blocking, but
bronchoconstriction also occurs.
• Nonselective beta blockers (block both beta1 and beta2) should be used with
extreme
caution in any patient who has chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD)
or asthma.
• Propranolol hydrochloride (Inderal) nonselective, was the first beta blocker
prescribed to treat:
o Angina
o cardiac dysrhythmias
o hypertension
o heart failure.
• A selective adrenergic blocker has a greater affinity for certain receptors. Its
Desired effect is to decrease pulse rate and blood pressure.
• Example of selective beta1 blocker
o atenolol (Tenormin)
o metoprolol tartrate (Lopressor)
• Intrinsic sympathomimetic activity (ISA) is the ability of certain beta blockers to
bind with a beta receptor to prevent strong agonists from binding to that receptor
producing complete activation.
• Nonselective beta blockers (block both beta1 and beta2) that have ISA include:
o Carvedilol
o Penbutolol
o and pindolol.
• The selective blocker (blocks beta1 only) that has ISA is
o Acebutolol – recommended for patients experiencing bradycar
Atenolol (PROTOTYPE DRUG CHART 13.3)

Drug Class Dosage
Beta1-adrenergic blocker Hypertension, angina:
Trade Name: Tenormin A: PO: Initially 25-50 mg/d; may increase
Pregnancy Category: D* to 100 mg/d After 7d; max. 100mg/day
Sinus bradycardia, heart block >first- Drug: Increased absorption with atropine
degree, cardiogenic shock, pulmonary and other anticholinergics,
edema, acute bronchospasm, decreased effects with NSAIDs, increased
uncompensated cardiac failure, risk of hypoglycemia with insulin and
pregnancy, lactation sulfonylureas, increased hypotension with
Caution: Renal dysfunction, diabetes prazosin and terazosin, increased
mellitus lidocaine and verapamil levels with toxicity
Pharmacokinetics Absorption: 50% Pharmacodynamics
absorbed in GI tract PO: Onset: 1 h
Distribution: PB: 10% Peak: 2-4 h
Metabolism: t1/2: 6-7 h Duration: 24 h
Excretion: Urine and feces
To treat hypertension, angina pectoris, and prophylaxis and treatment of myocardial
infarction.
Mode of Action: Selectively blocks beta1-adrenergic receptor sites, decreases
sympathetic outflow to the periphery, suppresses renin-angiotensin-aldosterone
system
Drowsiness, dizziness, depression, Bradycardia, hypotension, heart failure,
weakness, nausea, dyspnea
vomiting, diarrhea, cool extremities, Life-threatening: Bronchospasm,
erectile dysfunction dysrhythmias, thrombocytopenia
79
PHARMACOLOGY

information. A, adult; d, day; h, hour; GI, gastrointestinal; max, maximum; NSAID,
nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug; PO, by mouth; PB, protein binding; t1/2, half-life
Adrenergic Neuron Blockers - drugs that block the release of norepinephrine from the
sympathetic terminal neurons are called adrenergic neuron blockers
• classified as a subdivision of the adrenergic blockers.

• clinical use of neuron blockers is to decrease blood pressure.
• Reserpine an example of an adrenergic neuron blocker, is an antihypertensive
agent.
• Effects of this drug closely resemble those of alpha- and beta-adrenergic blockers.
• Reserpine also reduces the serotonin and catecholamine transmitters.
• Depletion of these neurotransmitters may lead to severe mental depression.
Nursing Process: Adrenergic Neuron Blockers
Assessment
• Obtain baseline vital signs and electrocardiogram for future comparison.
• Determine the drugs that the patient currently takes.
• Report if any are diuretics, NSAIDs, digoxin, MAOIs, or CNS depressants.
• Obtain patient’s health history of depression, peptic ulcer, and heart failure may
result from taking an adrenergic neuron blocker, and these drugs could potentiate
preexisting conditions.
Nursing Diagnoses
• Decreased cardiac output related to hypotension and bradycardia
• Risk for falls related to dizziness
• Fatigue related to medication adverse effects
• Sexual dysfunction related to adverse effects of erectile and ejaculatory
dysfunction
• Noncompliance related to undesired adverse effects of erectile dysfunction
Planning
• Patient will adhere to the drug regimen.
• Patient’s vital signs will be within the desired range.
Nursing Interventions
• Monitor patient’s vital signs before and after drug administration.
• Report changes such as:
o marked decrease in blood pressure and heart rate.
o any complaints of excessive dizziness, lightheadedness, early morning
insomnia, mental depression, or chest pain.
• Assist patient with ambulation to avoid falls from orthostatic hypotension, common
with high doses.
• Note any complaint of stuffy nose, because vasodilation may result, and nasal
congestion can occur.
Patient Teaching
General
• Encourage patient to adhere to the drug regimen.
• Advise patient that therapeutic effects of reserpine may not occur for 2 to 3 weeks
after initiation of therapy.
Self-Administration
• Teach patient and family how to take pulse and blood pressure.
• Encourage patient to take reserpine at the same time every day and not to
discontinue without permission of health care provider.
80
PHARMACOLOGY
Side Effects
• Encourage patient to avoid orthostatic (postural) hypotension by slowly rising from
supine or sitting positions to standing.
• Inform patient and family of possible mood changes when taking reserpine due to
catecholamine depletion.
• Mood changes can include depression, detachment, inability to concentrate,
nightmares, and suicidal tendencies.
• Warn patient that reserpine may cause impotence or decreased libido, which is
usually dose related.
• Advise patient not to drive or engage in operation of dangerous equipment until
the drug response is known.
• Obtain interpreter when necessary. Do not rely on family members, who may not
fully disclose because of honor or shame.
• Discuss ethnicity of interpreter, as well as the language desired when translation
is needed. Provide an interpreter with the same ethnic background and gender if
possible, especially when sensitive topics are being addressed.
Evaluation
• Evaluate effectiveness of the adrenergic neuron blocker.
• Vital signs must be stable within the desired range.
81
PHARMACOLOGY
Chapter 14
Central and Peripheral Nervous System Stimulants
OBJECTIVES
⚫ Explain the effects of stimulants on the central nervous system (CNS).
⚫ Compare attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder and narcolepsy.
⚫ Differentiate the action of drugs used for attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder and
narcolepsy.
⚫ Contrast the common side effects of amphetamines, anorexiants, analeptics,
doxapram, and caffeine.
⚫ Compare the pharmacology of drugs used in the treatment of migraine headaches.
⚫ Apply the nursing process for the patient taking CNS stimulants.
⚫ Apply the nursing process for the patient taking doxapram (Dopram).
Numerous drugs can stimulate the central nervous system which involves the brain
and spinal cord that regulates body functions. Medically approved use of CNS stimulants
is limited to the treatment of attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) in children,
narcolepsy, and the reversal of respiratory distress.
Major group of CNS stimulants includes
➢ amphetamines and caffeine - stimulate the cerebral cortex of the brain
➢ analeptics and caffeine - act on the brainstem and medulla to stimulate respiration
➢ anorexiants such as diethylpropion - suppress appetite by stimulating the satiety
center in the hypothalamic and limbic areas of the brain.
Amphetamines and related anorexiants are greatly abused. Long-term

use of amphetamines can produce psychological dependence or tolerance, a condition
in which larger and larger doses of a drug are needed to reproduce the initial response.
These medications are recommended for short-term use only (up to 12 weeks).
Gradually increasing a drug dose and then abruptly stopping the drug may result in
depression and withdrawal symptoms.
AMPHETAMINES
➢ stimulate the release of neurotransmitters— norepinephrine and dopamine from the
brain and sympathetic nervous system (peripheral nerve terminals).
➢ cause euphoria and alertness, sleeplessness, restlessness, tremors, and irritability.
➢ problems such as increased heart rate, palpitations, cardiac dysrhythmias, and
increased blood pressure can result from continuous use of amphetamines.
➢ half-life of amphetamines varies from 4 to 30 hours.
➢ prescribed for narcolepsy and in some cases for ADHD,
Side Effects and Adverse Reactions
➢ Amphetamines can cause adverse effects in the central nervous system and the
cardiovascular, gastrointestinal (GI), and endocrine systems.
➢ Side effects and adverse reactions include:
⚫ restlessness, insomnia, tachycardia, hypertension, heart palpitations, dry
mouth, anorexia, weight loss, diarrhea, constipation, and impotence.
Amphetamine-Like Drugs for ADHD and Narcolepsy

➢ Methylphenidate (Ritalin) - controlled-substance schedule (CSS) II
➢ dexmethylphenidate (Focalin)
Both classed as amphetamine-like drugs - given to increase a child’s attention span
and cognitive performance (e.g.memory, reading) and to decrease impulsiveness,
hyperactivity, and restlessness.
82
PHARMACOLOGY
Modafinil (Provigil)
➢ drug prescribed for narcolepsy -> increases the amount of time patients with
narcolepsy feel awake.
➢ mechanism of action is not fully known.
Pharmacokinetics
➢ Methylphenidate is well absorbed from the GI mucosa.
➢ Methylphenidate is usually administered to children twice a day
before breakfast and lunch - 30 to 45 minutes before meals
➢ should be given 6 hours or more before sleep - may cause insomnia.
➢ Transdermal patches may be worn for 9 hours.
➢ excreted in the urine; 40% of methylphenidate is excreted unchanged.
Pharmacodynamics
➢ Methylphenidate helps to correct ADHD by decreasing hyperactivity and
improving attention span.
➢ also be prescribed for treating narcolepsy.
➢ Amphetamine-like drugs are considered more effective in treating ADHD than
amphetamines, except for Adderall.
➢ Amphetamines are generally avoided because they have a higher potential for
abuse, habituation, and tolerance.
➢ Sympathomimetics (e.g., pseudoephedrine) and psychostimulants (e.g., caffeine)
taken concurrently with methylphenidate increase stimulatory effects of irritability,
nervousness, tremors, and insomnia.
Concurrent MAO inhibitors may cause hypertensive crisis. Methylphenidate potentiates

the action of CNS stimulants, such as
caffeine, and inhibits the metabolism of some barbiturates.
Methylphenidate (PROTOTYPE DRUG CHART 15.1)

Drug Class Dosage
Amphetamine-like drug: CNS stimulant C >6 y: PO: 5-10 mg before breakfast and lunch;
Attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD): if necessary, increase dosage weekly by 5-10
Trade Names: Ritalin, Ritalin SR, Concerta, mg; max: 60 mg/d
Daytrana transdermal patch, A: PO: 20-30 mg/d in divided doses before
Quillivant XR breakfast and lunch; max: 60 mg/d
CSS II A: PO: Sustained-release: 18-36 mg once daily;
Pregnancy Category: C max: 72 mg/d
C: PO: Sustained-release: 18 mg/d; max:
2 mg/kg/d
Narcolepsy:
A: PO: 10-60 mg/d, in 2-3 divided doses 30 min
before meals
Hyperthyroidism, anxiety, history of seizures, Drug: May increase stimulatory effects of
coronary artery disease, sympathomimetics and psychostimulants; may
hypertension, Tourette’s syndrome, glaucoma, reduce effect of antihypertensives
psychosis, mental depression Increases effects of oral anticoagulants,
Caution: Not to be used in children <6 y, barbiturates, anticonvulsants, tricyclic
depression, substance abuse, antidepressants; increases hypertensive crisis
pregnancy with MAOIs
Food: Caffeine may increase effects
83
PHARMACOLOGY
Absorption: Well absorbed from GI tract PO: Onset: 0.5-1 h
Distribution: PB: 10%-33% Peak: 2 h
Metabolism: t 12 : 1.3-7.7 h Sustained-release: 5 h; transdermal: 8 h
Excretion: 40% excreted unchanged in urine Duration: 3-6 h; Sustained-release: 8 h
Sustained-release: 4-8 h
To correct hyperactivity caused by ADHD, increase attention span, and control narcolepsy
Mode of Action: Research suggests modulation of serotonergic pathways occurs by affecting
changes in dopamine transport
Anorexia, vomiting, diarrhea, insomnia, Tachycardia, hypertension, growth suppression,
dizziness, nervousness, restlessness, palpitations, seizures,
irritability, tremors, euphoria, blurred vision, transient weight loss in children; life-threatening:
headache, increased Exfoliative dermatitis,
hyperactivity, abdominal pain, anemia, upper stroke, thrombocytopenia, hepatotoxicity
respiratory infection
A, Adult; ADHD, attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder; C, child; CD, controlled dose; CNS, central nervous system; CSS, Controlled
Substances Schedule; d, day; GI, gastrointestinal; h, hour; MAOI, monoamine oxidase inhibitor; min, minute; PB, protein-binding; PO, by
mouth; t 12, half life; UK, unknown; y, year.
Nursing Process: Patient-Centered Collaborative Care

Central Nervous System Stimulant: Methylphenidate HCl (Ritalin)
Assessment
➢ Determine patient’s history of heart disease, hypertension, hyperthyroidism,
parkinsonism, or glaucoma; in such cases, the drug is usually contraindicated.
➢ Assess vital signs to be used for future comparisons. Closely monitor patients with
cardiac disease, because the drug may reverse effects of antihypertensives.
➢ Assess patient’s mental status (e.g., mood, affect, aggressiveness).
➢ Evaluate height, weight, and growth of children.
➢ Assess complete blood count (CBC), differential white blood cells (WBCs), and
platelets before and during therapy.
Nursing Diagnoses
➢ Risk-prone health behavior (e.g., impulsiveness, short attention span, distractibility)
that interferes with peer relationships, learning, and discipline related to
hyperactivity adverse effect
➢ Interrupted family processes related to dysfunctional behavior
➢ Risk for delayed development related to treatment regimen
➢ Deficient knowledge related to inexperience with Ritalin drug regimen
Planning
➢ Patient’s hyperactivity will be decreased.
➢ Patient will increase attention span.
➢ Patient’s blood pressure and heart rate will be within normal limits.
➢ Patient will behave in a calm manner.
➢ Monitor vital signs. Report irregularities.
➢ Evaluate height, weight, and growth of children.
➢ Observe patient for withdrawal symptoms (e.g., nausea, vomiting, weakness,
headache).
➢ Monitor patient for side effects (e.g., insomnia, restlessness, nervousness, tremors,
irritability, tachycardia, elevated blood pressure). Report findings.
Patient Teaching
General
➢ Teach patient to take drug before meals.
➢ Advise patient to avoid alcohol consumption.
➢ Encourage use of sugarless gum to relieve dry mouth.
➢ Teach patient to monitor weight twice a week and report weight loss.
84
PHARMACOLOGY
➢ Advise patient to avoid driving and using hazardous equipment when experiencing
tremors, nervousness, or increased heart rate.
➢ Teach patient not to abruptly discontinue the drug; dose must be tapered off to
avoid withdrawal symptoms.
➢ Consult health care provider before modifying dose.
➢ Encourage patient to read labels on over-the-counter (OTC) products, because
many contain caffeine. A high plasma caffeine level could be fatal
➢ Teach nursing mothers to avoid taking all CNS stimulants (e.g., caffeine). These
drugs are excreted in breast milk and can cause hyperactivity or restlessness in
infants.
➢ Direct family to seek counseling for children with attention deficit/hyperactivity
disorder. Drug therapy alone is not an appropriate therapy program. Notify school
nurse of drug therapy regimen.
➢ Explain to patient and family that long-term use may lead to drug abuse.
Diet
➢ Advise patient to avoid foods that contain caffeine.
➢ Encourage parents to provide children with a nutritious breakfast because the drug
may have anorexic effects.
Side Effects
➢ Teach patient about drug side effects and the need to report tachycardia and
palpitations. Monitor children for onset of Tourette’s syndrome.
➢ Decrease language barriers by decoding the jargon of the health care environment
for those who have language difficulties or are not in the health care field.
Evaluation
➢ Evaluate effectiveness of drug therapy, level of hyperactivity, and presence of
adverse effects.
➢ Monitor weight, sleep patterns, and mental status.
➢ Evaluate patient’s knowledge of Ritalin therapy
ANOREXIANTS
Amphetamines were once freely prescribed as anorexiants (appetite suppressants) for
short-term use (4 to 12 weeks), but because of tolerance, psychological dependence,
and abuse, they are no longer recommended for use as appetite suppressants.
⚫ The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has ordered the removal of
phenylpropanolamine from OTC weight-loss drugs and cold remedies.
⚫ There is increased risk of hemorrhagic stroke in young women who take drugs
containing phenylpropanolamine and a 16-times greater risk in women who take the
drugs as appetite suppressants. (This drug has not been associated with an
increased risk of stroke in men.)
⚫ phenylpropanolamine might also cause renal failure, psychosis, hypertension, and
cardiac dysrhythmias. Topical use of the drug has not been associated with
systemic effects.
⚫ Anorexiants Cause stimulant effect on hypothalamic and limbic areas of brain to
suppress appetite
⚫ For weight-loss attempts, emphasis should be placed on nutritious diet, exercise,
and behavior modification.
⚫ Reliance on appetite suppressants should be discouraged. Individuals who take
anorexiants should be under the care of a health care provider.
Side Effects and Adverse Reactions

⚫ Children younger than 12 years should not be given anorexiants, and self-
medication with anorexiants should be discouraged
85
PHARMACOLOGY
⚫ Long-term use of these drugs frequently results in severe side effects as

nervousness, restlessness, irritability, insomnia, palpitations, tachycardia,
hypertension and seizures
ANALEPTICS
Analeptics, which are CNS stimulants, mostly affect the brainstem and spinal cord but
also affect the cerebral cortex.
⚫ The primary use of an analeptic is to stimulate respiration.
⚫ One subgroup of analeptics is the xanthine (methylxanthines), of which caffeine
and theophylline are the main drugs.
⚫ Theophylline is used mostly to relax the bronchioles; however, it has also been
used to increase respiration in newborns.
⚫ Used for neonatal apnea. Newborns with respiratory distress might be given
caffeine to increase respiration
⚫ Doxapram- Used for post anesthesia respiratory depression
Side effects
⚫ Side effects from caffeine are similar to those from anorexiants:
⚫ Palpitations, tachycardia, dysrhythmias, Insomnia, nervousness, restlessness,
Tremors, seizures
Other side effects
⚫ diuresis (increased urination), GI irritation (e.g., nausea, diarrhea),
⚫ rarely, tinnitus (ringing in the ear).
⚫ More than 300 mg of caffeine affects the CNS and heart (i.e., dysrhythmias,
convulsions).
⚫ High doses of caffeine in coffee, chocolate, and cold-relief medications can
cause psychological dependence.
III-Drugs Affecting the Body System (6hours)
A. Autonomic Nervous system

1. Adrenergic Agonists and Antagonists
2. Cholinergic Agonist and Antagonist
B.Central and Peripheral Nervous system drug

1.Stimulants
2. Depressant
3. Anti-seizure drugs
4. Drugs for Parkinson’s Disease and Alzheimer Disease
5. Drugs for Neuromuscular Disorder and Muscle Spasms
C. Mental and Behavioral Health drugs (1 hour)
86
PHARMACOLOGY
1.Antipsychotics and Anxiolytics
2.Antidepressants and mood Stabilizers
D. Pain and Inflammation Management Drugs (2 hours)
1.Antiinflamatories
2Analgesics
E. Antimicrobial Drugs (3hours)

1.Antibacterials
2. Antituberculars, Antifungals, and Antivirals
3.Antimalarials, Antihelmintics, and Peptides
Antiparkinson-Anticholinergic Drugs
⚫ atropine was given to patients with Parkinson’s disease to decrease salivation and
drooling.
⚫ found to have some effect on the motor manifestation of this disease by decreasing
tremors and rigidity.
⚫ Additional studies indicate that anticholinergic (antimuscarinic) agents affect the CNS
as well as the parasympathetic nervous system.
⚫ affect the CNS by suppressing the tremors and muscular rigidity of parkinsonism,
⚫ but they have little effect on mobility and muscle weakness.
⚫ Developed drugs for the treatment of Parkinson’s disease (e.g., trihexyphenidyl
hydrochloride [Artane], biperiden [Akineton], and benztropine [Cogentin]). These
drugs can be used alone in early stages of parkinsonism.
may be used in combination with levodopa/carbidopa to control parkinsonism
Nursing Process: Anticholinergic Drugs: Atropine

Assessment
⚫ Obtain the patient’s drug history.
⚫ Obtain baseline vital signs for future comparison
⚫ Assess urine output as urinary retention may occur.
Nursing diagnosis
⚫ Urinary retention related to atropine administration.
⚫ Impaired oral mucous membranes related to decreased oral secretions
⚫ Risk for injury related to acute confusion
⚫ Risk for constipation related to decreased peristalsis secondary
Planning
⚫ Patient’s oral secretions will be decreased before surgery.
⚫ Monitor patient’s vital signs. Report if tachycardia occurs.
⚫ Determine fluid intake and output. Encourage patient to void before taking
the medication.
⚫ Report decreased urine output. Anticholinergics can cause urinary retention.
Maintain adequate fluid intake.
⚫ Assess bowel sounds. Absence of bowel sounds may indicate paralytic ileus
resulting from a decrease in GI motility (peristalsis).
Patient Teaching
General
⚫ Direct patient to avoid hot environments and excess physical exertion.
Elevations in body temperature can result from diminished sweat gland activity.
⚫ Teach patient with narrow-angle glaucoma to avoid atropine-like drugs.
⚫ Anticholinergics cause mydriasis and increase intraocular pressure.
⚫ Instruct patient to
87
PHARMACOLOGY
➢ check labels on over-the-counter (OTC) drugs to determine whether they are

contraindicated for glaucoma.
➢ not to drive a motor vehicle or participate in activities that require alertness.
➢ Drowsiness is common.
➢ following an eye examination instruct to use sunglasses in bright light
because of photophobia.
Side Effects
⚫ Advise patient of common side effects such as dry mouth, decrease in urination,
and constipation that occur as a result of anticholinergic use.
⚫ Direct patient to increase fluid intake and consumption of high-fiber foods to
prevent constipation when taking anticholinergics for a prolonged period.
⚫ Instruct patient to urinate before taking the anticholinergic. Urinary retention can
be a problem.
⚫ Suggest that patient use hard candy, ice chips, or chewing gum. Maintain
effective oral hygiene if patient’s mouth is dry. Anticholinergics decrease
salivation.
⚫ Encourage patient to use eye drops to moisten dry eyes that result from
decreased lacrimation (tearing).
⚫ Obtain an interpreter when necessary. Do not rely on family
members, who may not fully disclose because of honor, guilt, or lack of understanding
of medical terminology.
⚫ Ask open-ended questions, and have patients demonstrate rather than
verbalize their understanding of treatments.
⚫ Because politeness may prevail, do not assume that a positive response
means a definite yes.
Evaluation
⚫ Evaluate patient’s response to the anticholinergic.
⚫ Determine whether constipation, urinary retention, or increased pulse rate
is or remains a problem.
⚫ Two types of nervous system:

1. The central nervous system - composed of the brain and spinal cord,
➢ regulates body functions
➢ interprets information from the peripheral nervous system (PNS)
➢ stimulation of the CNS may either increase nerve cell (neuron) activity or block nerve
cell activity.
2. The peripheral nervous system - PNS consists of two divisions:
1. The somatic nervous system (SNS)
➢ voluntary and acts on skeletal muscles
➢ produce locomotion and respiration.
2. The autonomic nervous system (ANS)
➢ also called the visceral system
➢ involuntary and controls and regulates the functioning of the heart,
respiratory system, gastrointestinal system, and glands.
➢ large nervous system that functions without our conscious control,
Two subdivisions of ANS
1. the sympathetic - called adrenergic system
➢ also called the thoraco lumbar division of the ANS
➢ neurotransmitter is norepinephrine.
➢ response is excitability
2. the parasympathetic nervous systems - called the cholinergic system
➢ craniosacral division of the ANS
➢ neurotransmitter is acetylcholine
➢ response is inhibition
88
PHARMACOLOGY
Figure B.1 The body’s nervous system.
89
PHARMACOLOGY
CHAPTER 15
MENTAL AND BEHAVIORAL HEALTH DRUGS
Antipsychotics and Anxiolytics
Antipsychotics and Anxiolytics
Knowledge of psychopharmacology is essential to mental health nursing. a basic

understanding of the actions of psychotropics of pharmacologic treatment drugs will
nurses rapidly comprehend and apply information and enhance the effectiveness
• Learning the concepts in this chapter should make you realized the difference
between Antipsychotics and Anxiolytics drugs groups.
• Learn to make and apply an NCP and health teachings for patient taking
Antipsychotics and Anxiolytics drugs
•
Psychosis
• the person with psychosis has loss of contact with reality
which is manifested in a variety of mental or psychotic disorders.
Theory
• Results from imbalance in neurotransmitter dopamine in the brain.
• This Dopamine-containing neuron are thought to be involved in the regulation of
cognition, emotional responses, and motivation
• And this dopamine neurotransmitters are associated with schizophrenia and
other psychosis
• And theses antipsychotic drugs block the dopamine receptors in the postsynaptic
neuron
Characteristics of person with psychosis

• They have Difficulty in processing information
and so, their thought become Disorganized and incoherent
and their mind may develop Distortion of reality
having Delusions and hallucinations, these are all self-deception an alienation
in their mind
• Ex. of delusion – a person might think that he is a powerful and influential person
like Duterte which is a far more different in reality
• Ex. Of hallucination the person thinks of an object and perceived that object in
their mind that it is true, but which have no reality
• Catatonia - is a form of schizophrenia characterized by a tendency
to remain fixed in a stuporous state for long period.
• Person with psychosis may display Aggressive or violent behavior
Schizophrenia is a
• Chronic psychotic disorder that Usually occurs in adolescence or early adulthood
with
• 3 Major categories of symptoms
1. Cognitive symptoms – are characterized by disorganized thinking, memory
difficulty, and decreased ability to focus attention
2. Positive symptoms – characterized by exaggeration of normal function (ex.
Agitation), incoherent speech, hallucinations, delusions, and paranoia
3. Negative symptoms – tend to be more chronic and persistent characterized
by a decrease or loss in function and motivation apparent with simplicity of
speech, blunted affect, inertia, poor self-care, and social withdrawal
90
PHARMACOLOGY
Antipsychotics - compose the largest group of drugs used to treat Mental illness to
improve thought processes and behavior of patient’s with psychotic symptoms
especially those with schizophrenia
Action of this drug is, it Blocks the dopamine receptors (Dopamine antagonist) in the
brain to reduce psychotic symptoms
2 Major categories of Antipsychotics drugs

1. Typical (Traditional) antipsychotics – was introduced in 1952 with 2 divisions
• Phenothiazines – the Phenothiazines and thioxanthenes block the
norepinephrine, causing sedative and hypotensive effects in early
treatment
• Nonphenothiazines – include butyrophenones, dibenzoxazepines,
dihydroindolones, and thioxanthenes.
o Butyrophenones – block only the neurotransmitter dopamine
2. Atypical Antipsychotics – discovered in 1960 and made available in Europe
in 1971.
• Clozapine was the first atypical antipsychotic drug
• Was not marketed in US until 1990, bec of its hematologic adverse
action
• Atypical Antipsychotics are effective for treating schizophrenia and
other psychotic disorders in patients unresponsive or intolerant to
typical antipsychotics agent.
Adverse reactions the patient is manifesting

➢ Extrapyramidal syndrome (EPS) which is;
➢ Pseudo parkinsonism – (this is a major side effect of typical
antipsychotic drugs) - >this resembles symptoms of parkinsonism that
include;
o Stooped posture, masklike facies, rigidity, tremors at rest
o Shuffling gait, pill-rolling motion of hands, and bradykinesia
➢ 2 adverse extrapyramidal reaction
1. Acute dystonia patient is manifesting a prolonged muscle
contraction with twisting, and repetitive movements occurs
usually in 5% of patient within days of taking typical
antipsychotics
o Characteristics of reaction
o Muscle spasm of the face, tongue, neck, back, facial grimacing
abnormal or involuntary upward movement of the eye, and
laryngeal spasm-> watch out for impair respiration (this
condition is treated with an anticholinergic antiparkinson drug
like benztropine
2. Akathisia (occurs in approximately 20% of patient who take
typical antipsychotic drug) a reaction in which the patient has
trouble standing still, patient is restless, paces the floor. The
patient is in constant motion
o tardive dyskinesia- (serious adverse reaction occurs at 20-30% of
patient taking a typical antipsychotic drug for more than 1 year) this
is the later phase of extrapyramidal reaction to antipsychotics agent
o Neuroleptic malignant syndrome (NMS)- these are rare but

potentially fatal condition associated with antipsychotic drugs.
Predisposing factors include;
91
PHARMACOLOGY
o Excess agitation, Exhaustion, dehydration

S/Sy of NMS
o Muscle rigidity, hyperthermia, altered mental status, profuse
diaphoresis
Blood pressure fluctuations, tachycardia, dysrhythmias, Seizures,
rhabdomyolysis, Respiratory and renal failure, coma
Treatment of NMS involves
o immediate withdrawal of antipsychotics
o adequate hydration, hypothermic blankets and administration of
antipyretics, benzodiazepines and muscle relaxants
Typical Antipsychotics
Phenothiazine groups
➢ 3 groups division
1. Alipathic – produce a strong sedative effect orthostatic
hypotension, moderate EPS
• chlorpromazine – hydrochloride the first phenothiazine
introduced for treating psychotic behavior of patients in the
psychiatric hospitals
2. Piperazine phenothiazines – these drugs produce more EPS than
other phenothiazines.
Side effects; Dry mouth, urinary retention, agranulocytosis, severe
EPS
Ex. Fluphenazine and perphenazine
3. Piperidine – these drugs have a strong sedative effect, but cause
few EPS, with a low to moderate effect on BP and have no
antiemetic effect
Ex, thioridazine
Fluphenazine – antipsychotic neuroleptic piperazine
Action- mode of action Blocks dopamine receptors in brain

Use- Manages symptoms of schizophrenia and psychosis
Fluphenazine Interactions
Increase depression when taken with alcohol or other CNS depressants; may
increase EPS
Increased effects with MgSO4, lithium, and beta blockers
antacids and antiparkisonism drugs may decrease the effects
Side effects
Sedation, dizziness, headache, seizures
Dry mouth, nasal congestion, blurred vision, photosensitivity, urinary retention
GI distress, peripheral edema, tachycardia, EPS
Complimentary and alternative therapy Kava kava may increase dystonia
Haloperidol - Typical Antipsychotics: Nonphenothiazines

Mode of Action- alters the effect of Dopamine on the CNS by Blocking the
dopamine receptors
Use- Treats psychoses, schizophrenia, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder,
Tourette’s syndrome
92
PHARMACOLOGY
Contraindicated to patient with Narrow-angle glaucoma

CNS depression, Severe liver, kidney, and cardiovascular disease
and to patients with Blood dyscrasias
Haloperidol Side effects
Atypical Antipsychotics
2 Advantages
1. Effective in treating both positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia
unlike the typical antipsychotic which have not been effective in the treatment of
negative symptoms
2. Less likely to cause EPS or tardive dyskinesia
Action
have a greater affinity for Blocking serotonin and dopaminergic D4 receptors
Clozapine
the first atypical antipsychotic agent Use to treat schizophrenia and other
psychosis condition
indicated only to Severe schizophrenic patients unresponsive to traditional
antipsychotics
need to be discontinued if WBC count -> leukocyte level falls below 3000 mm3
Side effects and adverse effect include

Dizziness, sedation, constipation
Tachycardia, orthostatic hypotension
Tremors, occasional rigidity
Seizures, agranulocytosis
Low possibility of EPS
Risperidone
Atypical agent Use to Treats positive and negative symptoms of schizophrenia
and bipolar disorder
Mode of action -> similar to clozapine
Occurrence of EPS and Tardive dyskinesia is low
Side effects/adverse reactions

Sedation, headaches, dizziness and drowsiness photosensitivity
EPS, seizures Dry mouth, weight gain
Tachycardia, orthostatic hypotension
Urinary retention, sexual dysfunction
Low possibility of EPS and tardive dyskinesia
Aripiprazole
Use
Manage symptoms of schizophrenia bipolar disorder, autism, depression, Tourette
syndrome
Mode of action interferes with the binding of dopamine to dopamine D2 and serotonin
receptors

Drowsiness, dizziness, headache
Insomnia, anxiety, agitation, memory impairment
Blurred vision, photosensitivity
93
PHARMACOLOGY
GI distress, weight gain/loss

Tachycardia, orthostatic hypotension, dysrhythmias
Seizures, sexual dysfunction
Suicidal ideation, NMS
Low possibility of EPS and tardive dyskinesia
Nursing Process: Phenothiazines and Nonphenothiazines
Assessment
Assess baseline vital signs for future comparison
Obtain a health history including present drugs. Include the present drug therapy
Assess cardiac and mental status, and respiratory disorder before starting drug therapy
Nursing diagnosis
Relationship, ineffective related to social withdrawal
Sleep pattern, disturbed related to medication adverse effects
Activity intolerance related to sedation
Self-care deficit related to loss of motivation
Planning
Patient’s psychotic behavior will improve with medication, psychotherapy, and adjunct
therapies.
Monitor vital signs. Orthostatic hypotension is likely to occur
remain with patient while medication is taken and swallowed bec some patients hide
antipsychotic in the mouths
Observe for EPS.
Assess for symptoms of NMS.
Inform patients that medication may take 6 weeks or longer to achieve full clinical effect.
Caution patients not to consume alcohol or other CNS depressants such as opioids.
Evaluation
Evaluate the effectiveness of the drug regimen
Anxiety
Types
Primary- It is not caused by a medical condition or drug use.
It is managed with short-term anxiolytics.
Secondary- It is related to selected drug use, medical, or psychiatric conditions.
Medications are not usually given for secondary anxiety unless the medical problem is
untreatable, severe or causes disability
ANXIOLYTICS
Lorazepam
Action
Inhibits GABA neurotransmission by binding to specific benzodiazepine receptors
Use - to control anxiety and to treat status epilepticus, for sedation induction and for
insomnia
Anxiolytic, antiseizure, sedative-hypnotic, preoperative drug, substance abuse
withdrawal
94
PHARMACOLOGY
Side effects
Drowsiness, dizziness, ataxia, restlessness, weakness
Headache, confusion, amnesia, blurred vision
GI distress, sleep disturbance, hallucinations
Bradycardia, hypotension/hypertension
Seizures, suicidal ideation, NMS, respiratory depression
Discontinuation
Gradually decrease dose over several days
Withdrawal symptoms
Develops slowly, in 2 to 10 days, and may last several weeks
Withdrawal symptoms
Tremor, agitation, nervousness
Sweating, insomnia
Anorexia, muscle cramps
Nursing Process: Benzodiazepines

Assessment
Assess for suicidal ideation.
Obtain a history of patient’s anxiety reaction.
Determine patient’s support system (the family, friends and groups)
Obtain a drug history. Report possible drug-drug interaction
Nursing diagnosis
Anxiety related to situational crisis
Noncompliance related to adverse effects of medications.
Planning
Patient’s anxiety and stress will be reduced
Observe patient for side effects of anxiolytics recognize that drug tolerance, physical
and psychological drug dependency can occur with most anxiolytics.
Monitor vital signs especially BP and pulse orthostatic hypotension may occur
Encourage family to be supportive of patient.
Advise patient not to drive a motor vehicle or operate dangerous equipment when taking
anxiolytics because sedation is a common side effect.
Warn patient not to consume alcohol or CNS depressant while taking an anxiolytic.
Evaluation
Evaluate the effectiveness of the drug therapy by determining whether the patient is
less anxious And more able to cope with stresses and anxieties
95
PHARMACOLOGY
PRACTICE TEST
1. The nurse realizes more medication teaching is necessary when the 30-year-old
patient taking lorazepam states
A. “I must stop drinking coffee and colas.”
B. “I can stop this drug after 3 weeks if I feel better.”
C. “I must stop drinking alcoholic beverages.”
D. “I should not become pregnant while taking this drug.”
2. A young woman is being treated for psychosis with fluphenazine. Which sign
would indicate the need to add an anticholinergic to the patient’s medication
regimen?
A. A decrease in pulse and respiratory rate
B. Facial grimacing and tongue spasms
C. An increase in hallucinations
D. A decrease in the patient’s level of orientation
3. A patient on risperidone may be at increased risk for injury due to

A. increased potential for aspiration due to sedation.
B. increased risk for falls due to orthostatic hypotension.
C. increased risk for infection due to neutropenia.
D. increased risk for suicide due to changes in thought processes.
4. Assessment findings for a patient with neuroleptic malignant syndrome (NMS)

include
A. bradycardia.
B. hypothermia.
C. muscle weakness.
D. rhabdomyolysis.
5. Which statement by a patient indicates that more teaching on phenothiazine

therapy for the treatment of psychosis is needed?
A. “It might take 6 weeks or more for the drug to take effect.”
B. “I will get up slowly from a seated position.”
C. “When I start to feel better, I will cut the dose of my medication in half.”
D. “I will avoid exposure to direct sunlight.”
96
PHARMACOLOGY
CHAPTER 16
PAIN AND INFLAMATION MANAGEMENT DRUGS
Antiinflammatory Drugs
Inflammation
A response to tissue injury and infection.When the inflammatory process occurs,a

vascular reaction takes place in which the fluid,elementsn of blood,leukocytes,and
chemical mediators accumulate at the injured tissue or infection site.
The process of inflammation is a protective mechanism in which the body attempts to
nuetralize and destroy harmful agents at the site of injury and to establishand to
establish conditions for tissue repair.
Infection:caused by microorganisms and results in inflammation, but not all

inflammation caused by infections.
Pathophysiology
5 Cardinal signs of inflammation-are as follows:
1.redness (erythema)-occurs in the first phase of inflammation.blood accumulates in the

area of tissue injury because of the release of the body’s chemical mediators.
2.swelling(edema)second phase of inflammation.Plasma leaks into the interstitial tissue

at the injury site.
3.heat-caused by accumulation and may result to pyrogens that may interfere with
the temperature-regulating center in the hypothalamus.
4.pain-is caused by tissue swelling and the release of chemical mediators
5.loss of function-accumulation of fluids at the tissue injury. and of pain,which

decreases mobility at the area.
2 phases of inflammation
1.Vascular phase- occurs 10-15 mins. after an injury.

is associated with vasodilation and increased capillary permeability, during which blood
substances and fluid leave the plasma and go to the injured site.
2.The delayed phase -occurs when leukocytes infiltrate the inflammed tissue.
Various chemical mediators released during the inflammation process:
97
PHARMACOLOGY
Prostaglandins
-chemical mediators;have many effects: vasodilation, relaxation of smooth
muscle, increased capillary permeability, and sensitizationof nerve cells to pain.
Cyclooxygenase(COX)
-the enzyme responsiblefor converting arachidonic into carbonic acid into
prostaglandins and their products.
There are two enzyme forms of COX:
COX-1 protects the stomach lining and regulates blood platelets.
COX-2 triggers inflammation and pain at the injured site.
Antiinflammatory agents
Prostaglandin inhibitors
Drugs that inhibit the biosynthesis of prostaglandin,because prostaglandin inhibitor
affect the inflammatory process they are called Antiinflammatory agents.
Analgesics- relieves pain

Antipyretics-reduce elevated body temperature
Anticoagulants-inhibit platelet aggregation
Aspirin-is the oldest antiinflammatory drugs.
Nonsteroidal Antiinflammatory Drugs

Are aspirin and aspirin-like drugs that inhibit the enzyme COX,which is needed for the
biosynthesis of prostaglandin.
>Most NSAID’s are used to decrease inflammation and pain for clients.
>These drugs may be called prostaglandin inhibitors with varying effect degrees of
analgesic and antipyretic effect but they are used primarily as antiinflammatory agents
to relieve inflammation and pain.
NOTE:
NSAID’s preparation are not suggested for used in alleviating mild headaches and
mildly elevated temperature.
Preferred drugs for heaches and fever are aspirin,acetaminophen and ibuprofen.
NSAID’s are appropriate for reducing pain,swelling and stiffness in joints.
There are seven Groups of NSAID’s:

1.Salicylates
2.Para-chlorobenzoic acid derivatives,or indoles
3.Phenylacetic acids
4.Propionic acid derivatives
5.Fenamates
6.Oxicams
7.Selective COX-2 inhibitors
The first six NSaID’s on the list are now known as “first-generation NSAID’s and the
COX-2 inhibitors are called as the”second generation NSAID’s.
Salicylates:
98
PHARMACOLOGY
Aspirin comes from the family of salicylates derived from salicylic acid.Aspirin is also
called acetysalicylic acid (ASA).Aspirin is a prostaglandin inhibitor that decreases the
inflammatory process,it is also considered anti-platelets drugas for clients with cardiac
or CVA disorders.Aspirin should not be taken with other NSAID’s because it decrease
the blood level and effectiveness of NSAID’s. Aspirin and other NSAID’s relieves pain
by inhibiting the enzyme COX,which is needed for the biosynthesis of prostaglandins.
Newer NSAID’s blocks only COX-2 and not COX-1.COX-2 inhibitor approved by the
FDA is “celebrex manufactures by Pfizer.Hypersensitivity to salicylate products(aspirin)
Tinnitus,Vertigo,and bronchospasm –especially in asthmatic patient.Clients should not
take diflunisal if they are hypersensitive to aspirin.Diflunisal-is a derivative of salicylate
acid,although it is not converted to salicylic acid in the body.Salicylates are present in
numerous foods(e.g prunes raisins licorice and in spices-curry powder and paprika.
Salicylate: Aspirin
A history of gastric upset,gastric bleeding, or liver disease.
Nursing diagnosis
-Risk for injury related to vertigo
Chronic pain related to tissue swelling of rheumatoid arthritis.
-Monitor serum salicylate (aspirin) level when client take high dose of aspirin for chronic
conditions such as arthritis.
-Observe client for signs of bleeding such as dark (tarry) stools, bleeding gums,
petechiae (round red spots).
Side Effects
-direct Client to report side effects such as drowsiness, tinnitus (ringing in the
ears),headache,GI symptoms,visual changes,and seizures.
Diet
1. Instruct client to take aspirin (also ibuprofen) with food, at mealtime.or with plenty of
fluids.
2.Para-Chlorobenzoic Acid.One of the first NSAID’s introduced was

Indomethacin(Indocin)It is used for rheumatoid arthritis,gouty arthritis,and osteoarthritis
and is a potent prostaglandin inhibitor.It is highly protein bound(90%)and displaces
oyher protein bound drugs,resulting in potential toxicity.Two other para-chlorobenzoic
acid deratives sulindac (Clinoril) and tolmetin (Tolectin) produce less severe adverse
reactions than indomethacin.This group of NSAID’s may cause sodium and water
retention and increased bp.
3.Phenylacetic Acid Derivatives
Diclofenac soduim (Voltaren),a phenylacetic acid derivatives has a plasma half-life of 8

to 12 hours.it is indicated for rheumatoids arthritis,osteoarthritis and
ankylosingspondylitis.
99
PHARMACOLOGY
Ketorolac (toradol)-another phenylacetic acid derivatives is the first injectable NSAID’s.

It is recommended for short term management of pain.
It is administered IM in doses of 30-60 mg every 6h for adults.
4.Propionic Acid Derivatives

It is a relatively new group of NSAIDs.These drugs are aspirin like but have stronger
effects and create less GI irritation.
Drugs in this group are highly protein-bound,so drugs interaction might
occur,espe.when given with other highly protein-bound drug.
Propionic Acid Derivatives are better tolerated than other NSAID’s.

Severe reaction such as Blood dyscrasias are not frequently seen.
Ibuprofen(Motrin)is the most widely used propionic acid NSAID’s and it may be
purchased Otc in lower doses(200mg)
5.Fenamates
NSAID’s used for acute and chronic arthritis condition.Like most NSAIDs gastric
irritation is a common side effects of fenamates and client with history of peptic ulcer
should avoid taking this group of drugs.
Other SE include:edema,dizziness,tinnitus and pruritus.
Two fenamates are Meclomen and Mefenamic acid (Ponstel)
6. Oxicams
(Piroxicam) an oxicam,is indicated for long term arthritis and osteoarthritis.It can too
cause gastric problems like ulceration and epigastric distress but the incidence is lower
than some other NSAID’s.
It is well tolerated and its major advantages over other NSAID’s is its long half-life,which
allows it to be taken only once daily.
7.Selective COX-2 Inhibitors (Second-Generation NSAIDs)

COX-2 inhibitors became available in the last several years to decrease inflammation
and pain.Most NSAIDs are non-selective inhibitors that inhibitors COX-1 and Cox-2.
First Generation NSAIDs
1.Salicylates :aspirin (ASA,Bayer,Ecotrin diflunisal(Dolobid)

Salicylates Deravatives olsalazine soduim (Dipentum)
Sulfasalazine (Azulfidine)
2.Para-Cholorobenzoic Acid (Indoles)
Indomethacin ,Sulindac (Clinoril)Tolmetin (Tolectin)
3.Phenylacetic Acid diclofenac sodium (Voltaren)
Etodolac (Lodine)Ketorolac tromethamine (toradol)
4.Propionic Acid fenoprofen (Nalfon) Flurbiprofen sodium
(Ansaid,Ocufen)Ibuprofen(Motrin,Advil,Nuprin,Medipren)ketoprofen (Orudis, Actron
Naproxen (Naprosyn)Oxaprozin (Daypro)
5.Anthranilic Acids (Fenamates) meclofenamate (Meclomen)Mefenamic acid (Ponstel)
100
PHARMACOLOGY
6.Oxicans piroxicam (Feldene)meloxicam(Mobic)

Naphylalkanones nabumetone (Relafen)
7.COX-2 Inhibitors (Second-Generation NSAIDs)
Celecoxib (Celebrex)
General side Effects and Adverse Reactions for First Generation NSAIDs
Most NSAIDs tend to have fewer side effects than aspirin when taken at
antiinflammatory doses,but gastric irritation is still a common problem when NSAIDs are
taken without food.In addition,sodium and water retention may occur.Alcoholic
beverages consumed with NSAID’s may increase gastric irritation and should be
avoided.
NSAID’s:Ibuprofen
Assessment:(CODA)
Check Client’s history of allergy to NSAID’s,if allergy is present,notify the health care
provider.
Obtain a drug and herbal history,Most NSAID’s are highly protein bound and can
displace other highly protein bound drugs like warfarin.
Determine a medical History.NSAID’s are contraindicated if client’s has a severe renel
or liver disease,peptic ulcer etc..
Assess client for GI upset and peripheral edema,which are common side effects of
NSAID’s.
Nursing Responsibilities:DORM
Do not give direction such as take one “blue”pill at the specified time.Instead provide the
name and the dosage of meds.
Observe client for bleeding gums,petechiae,ecchymoses orblack tarry stools.
Report if client has GI discomfort.Administer the NSAID’s at mealtime or with food to
prevent GI upset.
Monitor Vital signs and check for peripherak edema,especially in the am.
101
PHARMACOLOGY
CHAPTER 17
ANTIMICROBIAL DRUGS
This chapter will discuss the antibacterial drugs and their effects which includes the
mechanisms of antibacterial action, body defenses, patient resistance to antibacterial,
the use of antibacterial combinations, general adverse reactions to antibacterial,
narrow-and broad-spectrum antibiotics
Antibiotics are agents made from living microorganisms, synthetic manufacturing,

and genetic engineering that are used to inhibit specific bacteria. They can be
bacteriostatic, bactericidal, or both. “Bacteriostatic” means that the agent prevents the
growth of bacteria (i.e., it keeps them in the stationary phase of growth), and “bactericidal”
means that it kills bacteria.
An Antimicrobial is any substance of natural, semisynthetic or synthetic

origin that kills or inhibits the growth of microorganisms but causes little or no
damage to the host.
The major classes of antibiotics include: aminoglycosides, penicillins and

penicillinase-resistant drugs, sulfonamides, tetracyclines, and antimycobacterials (e.g.
antitubercular and leprostatic)
Others include ketolides, lincosamides, lipoglycopeptides, macrolides, and

monobactams.
Pathophysiology
Disease-producing organisms ( can be gram-positive or gram-negative bacteria,

viruses, or fungi. The degree to which they are pathogenic depends on the
microorganism and its virulence.)
Bacteria – (are single-celled organisms mostly with rigid cell wall) produce toxins that
cause cell lysis ( cell breakdown or cell death) Bacteria reproduce by cell division about
every 20 minutes.
ex. beta-lactamase-> destroys beta lactam antibiotics such as penicillin and
cephalosporins
• Bacteria such as Prokaryotes – a single celled organisms that lack a true nucleus
and nuclear membrane
• classifications acc. to appearance or shape: ( can be seen under a
microscope)
o Bacilli: elongated or rod-shaped organism
o Cocci: spherical; when cocci appear in clusters, they are called
staphylococci;
o when cocci are arranged in chains, they are called streptococci.
102
PHARMACOLOGY
• classification involving gram staining (devised by Hans Christian Gram

1882)
• Gram staining is determined by the ability of the bacterial cell wall to retain a
purple stain by a basic dye (Crystal violet or methylene blue.)
o Gram-positive - retain a purple stain ex. Staphylococcus -aureus
o Gram-negative - not stained ex Neisseria – meningitides
Antibacterial/Antibiotics
• The difference between the terms antibacterial, antimicrobial, and antibiotic
which are frequently used interchangeably are
• Antibacterial and antimicrobials - are substances that inhibit bacterial growth
or kill bacteria
and other microorganisms. Antibacterial is either obtained from natural
resources or are manufactured ( ex. mold Penicillin notatum - Alexander
Fleming- purified penicillin to be used commercially) Inhibit bacterial growth or kill
bacteria and other microorganisms
• Antibacterial drugs do not act alone in destroying bacteria. The natural body
defenses, surgical procedures to excise infected tissues and dressing changes
are needed along with antibacterial drugs to eliminate the infecting bacteria
• Antibiotics - refers to chemicals produced by one kind of microorganisms that
inhibit the growth of or kill another. Inhibit bacterial growth or kill bacteria
• Bacteriostatic drugs - Inhibit growth of bacteria
• Bactericidal drugs- Kill bacteria
5 MECHANISMS OF ACTIONS OF ANTIBACTERIAL DRUGS

ACTION EFFECT DRUGS
1. Inhibition of cell wall Bactericidal effect -> Enzyme penicillin

synthesis breakdown of cell wall; cephalosporins
Inhibition of enzyme in bacitracin
synthesis of cell wall vancomycin
2. Alteration in membrane Bacteriostatic or bactericidal amphotericin B

effect ->Increases membrane nystatin
permeability permeability. Loss of cellular polymyxin
substances causes lysis of the colistin
cell.
3. Inhibition of protein Bacteriostatic or bactericidal aminoglycosides
synthesis effect Interferes with protein tetracyclines
synthesis without affecting erythromycin
normal cell. Inhibits steps of lincomycin
protein synthesis.
4. Inhibition of synthesis Inhibits synthesis of RNA and fluoroquinolones
of DNA in bacteria. Binds to
nucleic acid and enzymes
bacterial RNA and DNA needed
for nucleic acid synthesis
103
PHARMACOLOGY
5. Interference with Bacteriostatic effect Interferes sulfonamides

cellular with steps of metabolism within trimethoprim
cells. isoniazid (INH)
metabolism nalidixic acid
rifampin
Body defenses
⚫ Body defenses and antibacterial drugs work together to stop the infectious process.
The effect that antibacterial drugs have on an infection depends not only on the
drug but also on the host’s defense mechanisms
⚫ Factors such as age, nutrition, immunoglobulins, white blood cells (WBCs),
organ function, and circulation influence the body’s ability to fight infection.
⚫ Age - an older adults and undernourished individuals have less resistance to
infection than younger, well-nourished populations.
⚫ If the host’s natural body defense mechanisms are inadequate, drug therapy might
not be as effective. As a result, drug therapy may need to be closely monitored or
revised.
⚫ When circulation is impeded, an antibacterial drug may not be distributed properly
to the infected area.
⚫ immunoglobulins (antibody proteins such as IgG and IgM) and other elements of
the immune response system (WBCs) needed to combat infections may be
depleted in individuals with poor nutritional status.
Resistance to Antibacterials
⚫ Bacteria may be sensitive or resistant to certain antibacterials. When bacteria are

sensitive to a drug, the pathogen is inhibited or destroyed.
⚫ If bacteria are resistant to an antibacterial, the pathogen continues to grow, despite
administration of that antibacterial drug.
⚫ Inherent resistance - without prior exposure to the anti-bacterial drug.(ex gm(-)
Pseudomonas Aeruginosa inherently resistant to Pen.
⚫ Acquired resistance - caused by prior exposure to the antibacterial (ex. S Aureus
oganism was once sensitive to Pen has evolved due to repeated exposure to Pen.
become resistant to the drug.
⚫ antibiotic resistance continues to develop, especially when antibiotics are used
frequently.
⚫ As bacteria reproduce, some mutation occurs, and eventually the mutant bacteria
survive the effects of the drug.
⚫ One explanation is that the mutant bacteria strain may have grown a thicker cell
wall.
Health care acquired infections (nosocomial infections)
⚫ MRSA - Methicillin resistant Staphylococcus Aureus -

➢ Methicillin (Staphcillin) - was the first penicillinase resistant penicillin developed
in 1959 in response to a resistance of S. aureus.
➢ In 1968 the Strains of S. aureus begin to become resistant to methicillin. This
Highly resistant bacteria is known as methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus
aureus(MRSA), became resistant not only to methicillin but to all penicillins and
cephalosporins as well.
➢ Methicillin is now off the market. The treatment of choice for MRSA is
vancomycin (Vancocin).
➢ Other effective drugs used to treat MRSA include linezolid (Zyvox), daptomycin
(Cubicin), trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole (Bactrim), doxycycline (Vibramycin),
and clindamycin (Cleocin). Telavancin (Vibativ), a glycopeptides antiinfective,
104
PHARMACOLOGY
was approved in September 2009 to treat gram-negative bacteria, including

MRSA.
⚫ VREF - Vancomycin resistant Enterococcus faecium - Another big resistance
problem, which can cause death in many persons with weakened immune systems.
The incidence of VREF in hospitals has increased.
⚫ VRSA - Vancomycin resistant Staphylococcus Aureus - A strain of MRSA has been
reported to
be resistant to vancomycin.
Antibiotic misuse is
a major problem today bec. It increases antibiotic resistance. Maybe due to:
⚫ Antibiotics taken unnecessarily (For viral infections When no infection is present
actually)
⚫ Taking antibiotics incorrectly (skipping doses, or not taking the full antibiotic
regimen) Increases antibiotic resistance
⚫ The nurse should teach patients about the proper use of antibiotics to prevent
situations that promote drug resistance to bacteria.
⚫ Cross-resistance- Can occur between antibacterial drugs with similar actions such
as the penicillins and cephalosporins.
⚫ To ascertain the effect antibacterial drugs have on a specific microorganism, culture
and sensitivity or antibiotic susceptibility laboratory testing is performed.
⚫ A culture and sensitivity test (C&S) can detect the infective microorganism present
in a sample (e.g., blood, sputum, swab) and what drug can kill it. The organism
causing the infection is determined by culture, and the antibiotics the organism is
sensitive to are determined by sensitivity
Antibiotic Combination Effects
⚫ When there is a severe infection that persists and is of unknown origin or has been
unsuccessfully treated with several single antibiotics, a combination of two or three
antibiotics may be suggested.
⚫ Combination antibiotics should not be routinely prescribed or administered except
for specific uncontrollable infections.
⚫ Before beginning antibiotic therapy, a culture or cultures should be taken to identify
the bacteria.
⚫ Additive - two antibiotics are combined,Effect is doubled.(The additive effect is
equal to
the sum of the effects of two antibiotics)
⚫ Potentiative - potentiative effect occurs when one antibiotic potentiates the effect
of the
second antibiotic, increasing their effectiveness, One potentiates effect of other.
⚫ Antagonistic - antagonistic result is a combination of a drug that is bactericidal,
such as penicillin, and a drug that is bacteriostatic, such as tetracycline. When
these two drugs are used together, the desired effect may be greatly reduced.
General Adverse Reactions(3MAJOR adverse reaction)
1. Allergic reaction - may be mild or severe.

◼ Examples of mild reactions are rash, pruritus, and hives. Mild allergic reaction is
treated with an antihistamine;
◼ An example of a severe response is anaphylactic shock. generally occurs within
20 minutes.
◼ Anaphylaxis results in vascular collapse, laryngeal edema, bronchospasm, and
cardiac arrest.
◼ Shortness of breath is frequently the first symptom of anaphylaxis
105
PHARMACOLOGY
◼ anaphylaxis requires treatment with epinephrine, bronchodilators, and

antihistamines
2. Superinfection - is a secondary infection when normal flora of the body are
disturbed or killed during antibiotic therapy
Usual sites
⚫ Mouth (nystatin), skin, respiratory tract, Genitourinary tract, intestines
⚫ Fungal infections frequently result in superinfections, although bacterial
organisms (e.g., Proteus, Pseudomonas, staphylococci) may be the offending
microorganisms.
3. Organ toxicity - (Ear, liver, kidney) liver and kidneys are involved in drug
metabolism and excretion.
⚫ Antibacterials may result in damage to these organs. For example,
aminoglycosides can be nephrotoxic (as well as ototoxic).
Antibacterial Spectrum
1. Narrow spectrum - narrow-spectrum antibiotics are primarily effective against

one type of organism Examples: penicillin, erythromycin are used to treat
infections caused by gram-positive bacteria.
2. Broad spectrum - Effective against both gram-positive and gram-negative
Examples: tetracycline, cephalosporins
Frequently used to treat infections when the offending microorganism has not been
identified by C&S
Penicillins
⚫ a natural antibacterial agent obtained from the mold genus Penicillium
⚫ mainly referred to as beta-lactam antibiotics.
⚫ Penicillin’s beta-lactam structure (beta-lactam ring) interferes with bacterial cell-
wall synthesis by inhibiting the bacterial enzyme that is necessary for cell
division and cellular synthesis. (bacteria die of cell lysis (cell breakdown)
⚫ Both Bacteriostatic and bactericidal - Penicillin G is primarily bactericidal.
Depending upon drug and dosage
Types of penicillins
1. Basic penicillins - was first introduced for the treatment of staphylococcal

infections
⚫ but after a few years mutant strains of Staphylococcus developed that were
resistant to penicillins G and V because of the bacterial enzyme
penicillinase, which destroys penicillin. This led to the development of new
broad-spectrum antibiotics
2. Broad-spectrum penicillins
⚫ which are used to treat both gram positive and gram-negative bacteria
3. Penicillinase-resistant penicillins
⚫ (anti staphylococcal penicillins) are used to treat penicillinase-producing S.
aureus.
4. Extended-spectrum penicillins -( antipseudomonal penicillins)
⚫ are a group of broad spectrum penicillins.
⚫ This group of drugs is effective against Pseudomonas aeruginosa, a gram-
negative bacillus that is difficult to eradicate.
⚫ The antipseudomonal penicillins are not penicillinase resistant.
Cephalosporins
106
PHARMACOLOGY
◼ a fungus called Cephalosporium acremonium was discovered in seawater at a

sewer outlet off the coast of Sardinia
◼ This fungus was found to be active against gram positive and gram-negative
bacteria and resistant to beta-lactamase (an enzyme that acts against the beta-
lactam structure of penicillin)
⚫ Beta-lactam structure
Action
◼ Inhibit bacterial cell-wall synthesis
◼ Bactericidal (Lysis to the cell occurs, and the bacterial cell dies.)
Treat
⚫ Respiratory, urinary, skin, bone, joint, and genital infections
Groups
⚫ First, second, third, fourth, and fifth generation
Macrolides: Erythromycin
◼ Macrolides, including azithromycin (Zithromax), clarithromycin (Biaxin), and

erythromycin (E-Mycin), are called broad-spectrum antibiotics. Erythromycin
◼ derived from the funguslike bacteria Streptomyces erythreus and was first
introduced in the early 1950s.
Action
⚫ Macrolides bind to the 50S ribosomal subunits and inhibit protein synthesis.
⚫ At low to moderate drug doses, macrolides have a bacteriostatic effect
⚫ high drug doses, their effect is bactericidal.
⚫ Macrolides can be administered orally or intravenously (IV) Administration of IV
macrolides should be infused slowly to avoid unnecessary pain (phlebitis).
⚫ not to be given intramuscularly (IM), because it is too painful.
Use
◼ Mild to moderate respiratory, sinuses, skin, soft tissue, GI tract infections,
diphtheria, impetigo, STIs (sexually transmitted infections)
⚫ Side effects and adverse reactions to macrolides include GI disturbances such

as nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, and abdominal cramping.
⚫ Anaphylaxis - rare
⚫ superinfection - (CDAD)- clostridium difficile-associated diarrhea -Severe
diarrhea occurs when antibacterials kill the normal flora resulting to an
overgrowthof Clostridium difficile.
⚫ Conjunctivitis - may develop as a side effect of azithromycin. The patient should
avoid wearing contact lenses if this occurs.
⚫ Nephrotoxicity, hepatotoxicity - Macrolides are excreted in bile, feces, and
urine.
⚫ Only a small amount is excreted in urine, so renal insufficiency is not a
contraindication for macrolide use.
Oxazolidinones
Action is like macrolides
⚫ It Inhibit protein synthesis on 50S ribosomal subunit of bacteria. (this action
prevents formation of 70S initiation complex which is necessary for bacterial
reproduction
⚫ Effective against gram-positive bacteria.
⚫ Both Bacteriostatic and bactericidal Dependent on dosage
Use
◼ Bacteremia, sepsis, MRSA, VREF
107
PHARMACOLOGY
◼ Respiratory and skin infections
Side effects/adverse reactions to linezolid and tidezolid include

⚫ headache, nausea vomiting diarrhea, anemia and thrombocytopenia, rash,
⚫ Anaphylaxis include-Clostridium difficile-associated diarrhea
Glycopeptides
Action
◼ Like erythromycin, lincosamides inhibit bacterial protein synthesis
◼ have both bacteriostatic and bactericidal actions, depending on drug dosage.
◼ Effective against gram-positive MRSA
Use
◼ Respiratory, skin, and bone/joint infections Bacteremia, septicemia, and
endocarditis
◼ MRSA, Clostridium difficile-associated diarrhea
Drug Interaction
◼ Clindamycin and lincomycin are incompatible with aminophylline, phenetoin,
barbiturates, and ampicillin

⚫ Side effects may include chills, dizziness, fever, rashes, nausea, vomiting, and
thrombophlebitis at the injection site.
⚫ Too rapid an IV injection of vancomycin can cause a condition known as “red
man” syndrome or red neck syndrome. Characterized by red blotching of the
face, neck, and chest, this is a toxic effect rather than an allergic reaction.
Other adverse effects include
⚫ eosinophilia, neutropenia, and StevensJohnson syndrome. Severe hypotension,
tachycardia, generalized tingling, and, rarely, cardiac arrest are also adverse
reactions.
⚫ Vancomycin may cause nephrotoxicity and ototoxicity.
⚫ Ototoxicity results in damage to the auditory or vestibular branch of cranial
nerve VIII. Such damage can result in permanent hearing loss (auditory branch)
or temporary or permanent loss of balance (vestibularbranch).
Drug Interactions
⚫ Dimenhydrinate (Dramamine) can mask ototoxicity when taken with
vancomycin.
⚫ nephrotoxicity and ototoxicity may be potentiated when vancomycin is taken
with furosemide, aminoglycosides, amphotericin B, colistin, cisplatin, and
cyclosporine.
⚫ Vancomycin may inhibit methotrexate excretion and increase methotrexate
toxicity.
⚫ The absorption of oral vancomycin may be decreased when given with
cholestyramine and colestipol.
Ketolides
⚫ Structurally related to macrolides. The firs drug in this class is telithromycin
(Ketek)
Action
⚫ Inhibits protein synthesis in microorganisms by binding to the bacterial ribosomal
RNA site of the 50S subunit, resulting in bacterial cell death.
Use
⚫ Treats community-acquired pneumonia, MRSA
⚫ Effective against Streptococcus pneumoniae, Haemophilus influenzae

108
PHARMACOLOGY
Anaphylaxis, dizziness, headache

Visual disturbances
GI distress, dysgeusia
Clostridium difficile-associated diarrhea
Hepatotoxicity
Exacerbation of myasthenia gravis
Drug interactions
Antibiotics: Generic and Brand Names
Classification Generic Name Brand Name
amikacin Amikin
gentamicin Garamycin
kanamycin Kantrex
Aminoglycosides
neomycin Mycifradin
streptomycin generic
tobramycin TOBI, Tobrex
Doripenem Doribax
Ertapenem Invanz
Carbapenems
Imipenem-cilastatin Primaxin
meropenem Merrem IV
Cephalosporins
cefadroxil generic
• First-Generation cefazolin Zolicef
cephalexin Keflex
cefaclor Ceclor
cefoxitin generic
• Second-
Generation cefprozil generic
cefuroxime Zinacef
• Third-Generation cefdinir generic
109
PHARMACOLOGY
cefotaxime Claforan
cefpodoxime Vantin
ceftazidime Ceptaz, Tazicef
ceftibuten Cedax
ceftizoxime Cefizox
ceftriaxone Rocephin
cefditoren Spectracef
• Fourth-Generation cefepime Maxipime
ceftaroline Teflaro
ciprofloxacin Cipro
gemifloxacin Factive
levofloxacin Levaquin
Fluoroquinolones
moxifloxacin Avelox
norfloxacin Noroxin
ofloxacin Floxin, Ocuflox
Penicillins and Penicillinase- Resistant Antibiotics
penicillin G benzathine Bicillin, Permapen
penicillin G potassium Pfizerpen

• Penicillins
penicillin G procaine Wycillin
penicillin V Veetids
• Extended- amoxicillin Amoxil, Trimox

Spectrum
Penicillins ampicillin Principen
• Penicillinase- nafcillin
Resistant
Antibiotics oxacillin
sulfadiazine generic
Sulfonamides sulfasalazine Azulfidine
cotrimoxazole Septra, Bactrim
demeclocycline Declomycin
Tetracyclines
doxycycline Doryx, Periostat
110
PHARMACOLOGY
minocycline Minocin
tetracycline Sumycin
Antimycobacterials
Antituberculosis
ethambutol Myambutol
pyrazinamide Nydrazid
• First-line rifampin generic
rifapentine Rifadin, Rimactane
streptomycin generic
capreomycin Capastat
cycloserine Seromycin
• Second-line
ethionamide Trecator-SC
rifabutin Mycobutin
Leprostatic dapsone generic
Other Antibiotics
Ketolide telithromycin Ketek
clindamycin Cleocin
Lincosamides
lincomycin Lincocin
Lipoglycopeptides telavancin Vibativ
azithromycin Zithromax
Macrolides clarithromycin Biaxin
erythromycin Ery-Tab, Eryc
Monobactam aztreonam Azactam
Here is a table of commonly encountered antibiotics, their generic names, and brand
names:
Spotlight: Bacteria and Antibiotics
• Bacteria are microorganisms that invade the human body through many routes
like respiratory, gastrointestinal, and skin.
• Human immune response is activated once bacteria invade the body. As the
body tries to rid itself of bacteria, classic signs of inflammation (e.g. swelling,
heat, redness, and pain), fever, and lethargy begin to show up.
111
PHARMACOLOGY
• The goal of antibiotic therapy is to decrease the population of invading bacteria

to a point at which the human immune system can effectively deal with the
invader.
Aminoglycosides
• Aminoglycosides are a group of antibiotics indicated for infections caused by

gram-negative aerobic bacilli.
• They were replaced by newer, less-toxic drugs in treating less serious infections
because these drugs have potentially serious adverse effects.
Therapeutic Action
The desired and beneficial action of aminoglycosides is:
• Exert bactericidal effect through inhibition of protein synthesis in susceptible

strains of gram-negative bacteria. Specifically, they bind to a unit of the bacteria
ribosomes and cause misreading of the genetic code leading to cell death.
Indications
Aminoglycosides are indicated for the following medical conditions:
• Infections caused by susceptible strains: Pseudomonas aeruginosa,

Escherichia coli, Proteus spp., Klebsiella-Enterobacter-Serratia group,
Citrobacter spp., and Staphylococcus spp.
• Serious infections susceptible to penicillin when penicillin is contraindicated.
Here are some important aspects to remember for indication of antibiotics in different age
groups:
Children
This age group is very sensitive to GI and CNS adverse effects of antibiotics. Therefore,
it is important to monitor their nutritional and hydration status while on therapy. Oral
candidiasis as a superinfection is common in this age group which makes eating and
drinking difficult. Fluoroquinolones are associated with damage to developing cartilage
and are not recommended for growing children. In addition to this, pediatric dosages
should be double-checked to decrease the risk for adverse effects. Most of all, parent
education is important in cutting down the unnecessary use of antibiotics in children.
Adults
This age group has the tendency to cure simple manifestations with antibiotics. Therefore,
it is important to educate them that antibiotics are effective only for certain bacteria and
not for simple manifestations like common colds, which may be viral. Storage of unused
pills for future infections and sharing antibiotics with symptomatic friends should be
avoided and emphasized in health teachings.
112
PHARMACOLOGY
Older adults
Assessing the problem and obtaining appropriate specimens for culture is especially
important with this population. Older patients may be more susceptible to adverse effects
of antibiotic therapy.
Contraindications and Cautions
The following are contraindications and cautions for the use of aminoglycosides
• Known allergy to aminoglycosides.

• Renal or hepatic disease. Can be exacerbated by aminoglycosides and may
interfere wih metabolism and excretion of these drugs.
• Preexisting hearing loss. Can be intensified by toxic drug effects on the
auditory nerve.
• Active infection with herpes or mycobacterial infections. Can be worsened
by the effects of an aminoglycoside on normal defense mechanisms.
• Myasthenia gravis or parkinsonism. Can be exacerbated by the effects of a
particular aminoglycosides on the nervous system.
• Lactation. Aminoglycosides are excreted in the breast milk and can potentially
cause serious effects in the infant.
• Amikacin should not be used for longer than 7-10 days because it is
particularly toxic to the bone marrow, kidneys, and GI.
• Streptomycin is only for special situations because it is very toxic to the 8th
cranial nerve and kidney.
Adverse Effects
Use of aminoglycosides may result to these adverse effects:
• CNS: ototoxicity, irreversible deafness, vestibular

paralysis, confusion, depression, disorientation, numbness, tingling, weakness
• Renal: renal failure
• Hematology: bone marrow depression, leading to immunosuppression and
resultant superinfections
• GI: nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, weight loss, stomatitis, hepatotoxicity
• CV: palpitations, hypotension, hypertension
• Hypersensitivity reactions: purpura, rash, urticaria, exfoliative dermatitis
Interactions
The following are drug-drug interactions involved in the use of aminoglycosides:
• Penicillins, cephalosporins, ticarcillin: synergistic bactericidal effect

• Diuretics: increased incidence of ototoxicity, nephrotoxicity, and neurotoxicity
113
PHARMACOLOGY
• Anesthetics, nondepolarizing NM blockers, succinylcholine, citrate

anticoagulated blood: increased NM blockade with paralysis
Carbapenems
• Carbapenems are a relatively new class of broad-spectrum antibiotics effective

against gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria.
Therapeutic Action
The desired and beneficial action of carbapenems is:
• Exert bactericidal effect by inhibiting cell membrane synthesis in susceptible

bacteria, leading to cell death.
Indications
Carbapenems are indicated for the following medical conditions:
• Serious intra-abdominal, urinary tract, skin and skin structure, bone and joint,
and gynecological infections.
• Infections caused by susceptible strains: S.pneumoniae, H.influenzae, E.coli,
K.pneumoniae, B.fragilis, P.mirabilis, P.aeruginosa, and P.bivia.
The following are contraindications and cautions for the use of carbapenems:
• Known allergy to carbapenems or beta-lactams.

• Seizure disorders. Exacerbated by drugs.
• Meningitis. Safety is not established.
• Lactation. Not known whether drug can cross into breast milk or not.
• Ertapenem is not recommended for use in patients younger than 18 years of
age.
• Meropenem is associated with development of pseudomembranous colitis and
should be used in caution in patients with inflammatory bowel disease.
Adverse Effects
Use of carbapenems may result to these adverse effects:
• GI: pseudomembranous colitis, C.difficile diarrhea, nausea,

vomiting, dehydration and electrolyte imbalance
• CNS: headache, dizziness, altered mental state
• Superinfections
114
PHARMACOLOGY
Interactions
The following are drug-drug interactions involved in the use of carbapenems:
• Valproic acid: Carbapenems reduce serum valproic acid and this can increase
risk of seizures.
• Imipenem and ganciclovir can cause seizures.
• Meropenem and probenecid can lead to toxic levels of meropenem.
Cephalosporins
• Cephalosporins were first introduced in the 1960s. There are currently four
generations of cephalosporins, each with specific spectrum of activity.
• These drugs are similar to penicillins in structure and activity.
Therapeutic Action
The desired and beneficial action of carbapenems is:
• Exert bactericidal and bacteriostatic effects by interfering with the cell-wall

building ability of bacteria during cell division. Therefore, they prevent the
bacteria from bio synthesizing the framework of their cell walls.
Indications
Cephalosporins are indicated for the following medical conditions:
• First-generation cephalosporins are effective against the same gram-positive

bacteria affected by penicillin G, as well as gram-negative bacteria P.mirabilis,
K.pneumoniae, E.coli.
• Second-generation cephalosporins are effective against previously mentioned
strains as well as H.influenzae, E.aerogenes, and Neisseria spp. These drugs
are less effective against gram-positive bacteria.
• Third-generation cephalosporins are effective against all of the previously
mentioned strains. They are relatively weak against gram-positive bacteria but
are more potent against gram-negative bacilli, as well as S.marcescens.
• Fourth-generation cephalosporins are active against gram-negative and gram-
positive organisms, including cephalosporin-resistant staphylococci and
P.aeruginosa.
The following are contraindications and cautions for the use of cephalosporins:
• Known allergy to cephalosporins and bea-lacams. Cross-reacions are

common.
• Hepatic or renal impairment. These drugs are toxic to the kidneys and could
interfere with the metabolism and excretion of the drugs.
115
PHARMACOLOGY
• Pregnancy and lactation. Potential effects on the fetus and infant are not
known; use only if benefits clearly outweigh the potential risk of toxicity to the
fetus or infant.
• Reserve cephalosporins for appropriate situations because cephalosporin-
resisant bacteria are appearing in increasing numbers. Perform culture and
sensitivity test before start of therapy.
Adverse Effects
Use of cephalosporins may result to these adverse effects:
• GI: nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, anorexia, abdominal pain, flatulence,

pseudomembranous colitis
• CNS: headache, dizziness, lethargy, paresthesias
• Nephrotoxicity in patients who have predisposing renal insufficiency
• Superinfections
• Phlebitis and local abscess at the site of IM injection and/or IV administration.
Interactions
The following are drug-drug interactions involved in the use of cephalosporins:
• Aminoglycosides: increased risk for nephrotoxicity

• Oral anticoagulants: increased bleeding
• Alcohol: avoided for 72 hours after discontinuation of the drug to prevent
disulfiram-like reaction (e.g. flushing, throbbing headache, nausea and
vomiting, chest pain, palpitations, dyspnea, syncope, vertigo, convulsions, etc.)
Fluoroquinolones
• Fluoroquinolones are a relatively new synthetic class of antibiotics with a broad

spectrum of activity.
Therapeutic Action
The desired and beneficial action of fluoroquinolones is:
• Interfere with the action of DNA enzymes necessary for growth and
reproduction of the bacteria.
• Has little cross-resistance but misuse of this drug for a short time will lead to
existence of resistant strains.
Indications
Fluoroquinolones are indicated for the following medical conditions:
• Treating infections (respiratory, urinary tract, and skin) caused by susceptible

strains: E.coli, P.mirabilis, K.pneumoniae, P.vulgaris, M.morganii,
116
PHARMACOLOGY
P.aeruginosa, H.influenzae, S.aureus, S.epidermidis, N.gonorrhoeae, and

group D streptococci.
• Ciprofloxacin was approved in 2001 for prevention of anthrax infection in areas
that might be exposed to germ warfare. It is also effective against typhoid fever.
The following are contraindications and cautions for the use of fluoroquinolones:
• Known allergy to fluoroquinolones.

• Pregnancy and lactation. Potential effects on the fetus and infant are not known;
use only if benefits clearly outweigh the potential risk of toxicity to the fetus or
infant.
• Seizures. Can be exacerbated by the drugs’ effects on cell membrane channels
Adverse Effects
Use of fluoroquinolones may result to these adverse effects:
• GI: nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, dry mouth

• CNS: headache, dizziness, insomnia, depression
• Immunological: bone marrow depression
• Risk for tendinitis and tendon rupture in patients over age 60, on concurrent
steroids, and those with renal, heart, or lung transplants
• Photosensitivity and severe skin reactions so advise patient to avoid sun and
ultraviolet light exposure and to use protective clothing and sunscreens.
Interactions
The following are drug-drug interactions involved in the use of fluoroquinolones:
• Iron salts, sucralfate, mineral supplements, antacids: increased therapeutic

effects of fluoroquinolones. Administration should be separated by at least 4
hours.
• Quinidine, procainamide, pentamidine, tricyclics, phenothiazines: severe-to-
fatal cardiac reactions due to increased QTc interval and/or torsades de pointes
• Theophylline: increased theophylline levels because these two drugs have the
same metabolic pathway
• Steroids: increased CNS stimulation
Penicillins and Penicillinase-Resistant Antibiotics
• Penicillin was the first antibiotic introduced for clinical use. Various
modifications were subsequently made to address resistant strains and to
decrease drug adverse effects.
• Penicillinase-resistant antibiotics were developed to address penicillin-resistant
bacteria.
117
PHARMACOLOGY
Therapeutic Action
The desired and beneficial action of penicillins and penicillinase-resistant antibiotics is:
• Exert bactericidal effect by interfering with the ability of susceptible bacteria to

build their cell walls when they are dividing. These drugs prevent the bacteria
from bio synthesizing the framework of the cell wall, and the bacteria with
weakened cell walls swell and then burst from osmotic pressure within the cell.
Indications
Penicillins and penicillinase-resistant antibiotics are indicated for the following medical
conditions:
• Treatment of streptococcal infections (e.g. pharyngitis, tonsillitis, scarlet fever,

endocarditis).
• Treatment of meningococcal meningitis if given at high doses
The following are contraindications and cautions for the use of penicillins and
penicillinase-resistant antibitiotics:
• Known allergy to penicillins and cephalosporins.

• Renal disease. Drug excretion is reduced.
• Pregnancy and lactation. No adequate studies on the effect on fetus but these
drugs can cause diarrhea and superinfectons may occur in the infant.
Adverse Effects
Use of penicillins and penicillinase-resistant antibiotics may result to these adverse

effects:
• GI: nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, abdominal pain, glossitis, stomatitis, gastritis,

sore mouth, furry tongue
• Pain and inflammation at the injection site can occur with injectable forms of the
drugs.
• Hypersensitivity reactions: rash, fever, wheezing, anaphylaxis with repeated
exposures
• Superinfections, e.g. yeast infections.
Interactions
The following are drug-drug interactions involved in the use of penicillins and
penicillinase-resistant antibiotics:
• Tetracyclines: decrease in effectiveness of penicillins

• Parenteral aminoglycosides: inactivation of aminoglycosides
118
PHARMACOLOGY
Sulfonamides
• Sulfonamides are drugs that inhibit folic acid synthesis.
Therapeutic Action
The desired and beneficial action of sulfonamides is:
• Inhibit folic acid synthesis required as precursors of RNA and DNA. They
competitively block paraaminobenzoic acid to prevent synthesis of folic acid in
susceptible bacteria that synthesize their own folates for the production of RNA
and DNA.
Indications
Sulfonamides are indicated for the following medical conditions:
• Treatment of infections caused by susceptible strains: C.trachomatis, Nocardia,

and some strains of H.influenzae, E.coli, and P.mirabilis.
• No longer used much but they remain an inexpensive and effective treatment
for UTIs and trachoma, especially in developing countries where cost is an
issue.
• Can also be used in treatment of sexually transmitted diseases.
• Sulfasalazine is used in treatment of ulcerative colitis and rheumatoid arthritis.
The following are contraindications and cautions for the use of sulfonamides:
• Known allergy to sulfonamides, sulfonylureas, or thiazide diuretics. Cross-

sensitivity can occur.
• Renal disease. Increased toxic effects of the drug.
• Pregnancy. Can cause birth defects.
• Lactation. Increased risk for kernicterus, diarrhea, and rash in infants.
Adverse Effects
Use of sulfonamides may result to these adverse effects:
• GI: nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, abdominal pain, anorexia, stomatitis, and

hepatic injury
• Renal: crystalluria, hematuria, proteinuria, toxic nephrosis
• CNS: headache, dizziness, vertigo, ataxia, convulsions, depression
• Bone marrow depression
• Dermatological: photosensitivity, rash, hypersensitivity reactions
119
PHARMACOLOGY
Interactions
The following are drug-drug interactions involved in the use of sulfonamides:
• Tolbutamide, tolazamide, glyburide, glipizide, chlorpropamide: increased risk

of hypoglycemia
• Cyclosporine: increased risk of nephrotoxicity
Tetracyclines
• Tetracyclines are semisynthetic antibiotics based on the structure of a common

soil mold.
Therapeutic Action
The desired and beneficial action of tetracyclines is:
• Inhibit protein synthesis leading to inability of the bacteria to multiply. The

affected protein is similar to protein found in human cells so these drugs can be
toxic to humans at high concentrations.
Indications
Tetracyclines are indicated for the following medical conditions:
• Treatment of infections caused by susceptible strains: Ricketssiae,

M.pneumoniae, B.recurrentis, H.influenzae, H.ducreyi, Bacteroides spp.,
V.comma, Shigella spp., D.pneumoniae, and S.aureus.
• Adjunct in treatment of protozoal infections.
The following are contraindications and cautions for the use of tetracyclines:
• Known allergies to tetracyclines or to tartrazine

• Pregnancy and lactation. Effect on developing bones and teeth
• Fungal, mycobacterial, or viral ocular infections. Ophthalmic preparations can
kill both undesired bacteria and normal flora
• Use in caution in children below age of 8. Can potentially damage developing
bones and teeth.
• Hepatic or renal dysfunction. Drugs are concentrated in the bile and are
excreted in urine.
Adverse Effects
Use of tetracyclines may result to these adverse effects:
• GI: nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, abdominal pain, glossitis, dysphagia, fatal

hepatotoxicity
120
PHARMACOLOGY
• Skeletal and bones: weakening the structure and causing staining and pitting of
teeth and bones
• Dermatological: photosensitivity and rash
• Superinfection
• Local: pain and stinging with topical or ocular applications
• Hematologic: hemolytic anemia, bone marrow depression
• Hypersensitivity reactions: urticaria, anaphylaxis
• Intracranial hypertension
Interactions
The following are drug-drug interactions involved in the use of tetracyclines:
• Penicillin G: decreased effectiveness of penicillin G

• Oral contraceptives: decreased effectiveness of oral contraceptives and
additional form of birth control is needed
• Digoxin: increased digoxin toxicity
• Calcium salts, magnesium slats, zinc salts, aluminum salts, bismuth salts, iron,
urinary alkalinizers, and charcoal: decreased absorption of tetracyclines
Antimycobacterials
• Antimycobacterials are antibiotics used in the treatment of infections caused by

pathogens responsible for tuberculosis and leprosy.
• Mycobacterium tuberculosis causes tuberculosis, the leading cause of death
from infectious disease in the world.
• Mycobacterium leprae causes leprosy or Hansen’s disease, characterized by
disfiguring skin lesions and destructive effects on the respiratory tract.
Therapeutic Action
The desired and beneficial action of antimycobacterials is:
• Act on the DNA and/or RNA of the bacteria, leading to lack of growth and
eventually to bacterial death.
Indications
Tetracyclines are indicated for the following medical conditions:
• Treatment of tuberculosis and leprosy.
The following are contraindications and cautions for the use of antimycobacterials:
• Known allergies to antimycobacterials.
121
PHARMACOLOGY
• Pregnancy. Adverse effects on fetus. Safest antituberculosis regimen in

pregnancy isoniazid, ethambutol, and rifampin.
• Severe CNS dysfunction. Exacerbated by the effects of the drug
• Hepatic or renal dysfunction. Interfere with the metabolism and excretion of
drugs.
Adverse Effects
Use of antimycobacterials may result to these adverse effects:
• CNS: neuritis, dizziness, headache, malaise, drowsiness, and hallucinations

• GI: nausea, vomiting, anorexia, stomach upset, abdominal pain
• Rifampin, rifabutin, and rifapentine can cause discoloraion of body fluids from
urine to sweat and tears. They may stain orange-tinged and may permanently
stain contact lenses.
Interactions
The following are drug-drug interactions involved in the use of antimycobacterials:
• Rifampin and INH in combination: increased toxic liver reactions

• Rifampin and rifabutin with beta blockers, corticosteroids, OCPs, oral
anticoagulants, methadone, phenytoin, verapamil, ketoconazole, and
cyclosporine: increased metabolism and decreased drug effectiveness
Other Antibiotics
• Ketolides is a class of antibiotics introduced in 2004. It is indicated for treatment

of mild to moderate community-acquired pneumonia caused by susceptible
bacteria.
• Lincosamides are similar to macrolides but they are more toxic. They are used
to treat severe infections when penicillin or other less toxic antibiotics cannot
be used.
• Lipoglycopeptides are antibiotics introduced in 2010. They are used to treat
complicated skin and skin-structure infections caused by susceptible strains of
gram-positive organisms.
• Macrolides are antibiotics that interfere with protein synthesis in susceptible
bacteria. They are used to treat respiratory infections and urethritis in adults
and otitis media and pharyngitis/tonsillitis in children. Eythromycin is the drug
of choice for Legionnaire’s disease and infections caused by C.diphtheriae,
Ureaplasma spp., mycoplasma pneumonia, and chlamydial infections.
• Monobactam antibiotics are indicated for treatment of gram-negative
enterobacterial infections.
Therapeutic Action
The desired and beneficial actions of other antibiotics are:
122
PHARMACOLOGY
• Ketolides and lincosamides block protein synthesis leading to cell death.

Ketolamides are structurally the same with macrolides.
• Lipoglycopeptides inhibit bacterial cell wall synthesis by interfering with
polymerization and cross-linking of peptidoglycans. They bind to the bacterial
membrance and disrupt the membrane barrier function causing bacterial cell
death.
• Macrolides bind to the bacterial cell membrane and change protein function.
This prevents bacteria from dividing and cause their cell death.
• Monobactam disrupts bacterial cell wall synthesis and promote leakage of
cellular contents and cell death.
The following are contraindications and cautions for the use of other antibiotics:
• Ketolides: telithromycin with antiarrhythmics and antilipidemics can cause

serious adverse effects. It might also cause potentially fatal respiratory failure
in patients with myasthenia gravis.
• Lincosamides: use in caution in patients with hepatorenal insufficiency. Usage
in pregnancy and lactation is only indicated if benefit clearly outweighs the risk
to the fetus or neonate. The same is true with lipoglycopeptides, macrolides,
and monobactams.
Adverse Effects
Use of other antibiotics may result to these adverse effects:
• GI: nausea, vomiting, potential for pseudomembranous colitis, superinfections,

taste alterations, risk for C.difficile diarrhea
Interactions
The following are drug-drug interactions involved in the use of other antibiotics:
• Ketolides: loss of therapeutic effects if combined with rifampin, phenytoin,

carbamazepine, phenobarbital; increased serum levels of digoxin
and metoprolol; increased GI toxicity with theophylline
• Lipoglycopeptides: increased risk for prolonged QT interval if combined with
drugs known to cause prolonged QT interval
• Macrolides: food in the stomach decreases absorption of oral macrolifes.
Antibiotic should be taken on an empty stomach with a full, 8-oz glassof water
1 hour before or at least 2-3 hours after meals.
• Monobactams: incompatible in solution with nafcillin, cephradine,
and metronidazole.
Nursing Considerations for Antibiotics
Here are important nursing considerations when administering antibiotics:
123
PHARMACOLOGY
Nursing Assessment
These are the important things the nurse should include in conducting assessment,
history taking, and examination:
• Assess for the mentioned cautions and contraindications (e.g. drug allergies,
CNS depression, CV disorders, etc.) to prevent any untoward complications.
• Perform a thorough physical assessment (other medications taken, CNS, skin,
respirations, and laboratory tests like renal functions tests and complete blood
count or CBC) to establish baseline data before drug therapy begins, to
determine effectiveness of therapy, and to evaluate for occurrence of any
adverse effects associated with drug therapy.
• Perform culture and sensitivity tests at the site of infection to ensure appropriate
use of the drug.
• Conduct orientation and reflex assessment, as well as auditory testing to
evaluate any CNS effects of the drug (aminoglycosides).
Nursing Diagnoses
Here are some of the nursing diagnoses that can be formulated in the use of this drug for
therapy:
• Acute pain related to GI or CNS drug effects

• Deficient fluid volume and imbalanced nutrition: less than body requirements
related to diarrhea
• Disturbed sensory perception (auditory) related to CNS drug effects
• Risk for infection related to bone marrow suppression (aminoglycosides) and
repeated injections (cephalosporins).
Implementation with Rationale
These are vital nursing interventions done in patients who are taking antibiotics:
• Check culture and sensitivity reports to ensure that this is the drug of choice for
this patient.
• Ensure that patient receives full course of aminoglycosides as prescribed,
divided around the clock to increase effectiveness and decrease the risk for
development of resistant strains of bacteria.
• Monitor infection site and presenting signs and sympoms throughout course of
drug therapy because failure of these manifestations to resolve may indicate
the need to reculture the site.
• Provide safety measures to protect the patient if CNS effects (e.g. confusion,
disorientation, numbness) occur.
• Educate client on drug therapy to promote understanding and compliance.
• Provide the following patient teaching: safety precautions (e.g. changing
positions, avoiding hazardous tasks, ec.), drinking lots of fluids and to maintain
nutrition even though nausea and vomiting may occur, report difficulty
breathing, severe headache, fever, diarrhea, and signs of infection.
124
PHARMACOLOGY
Evaluation
Here are aspects of care that should be evaluated to determine effectiveness of drug
therapy:
• Monitor patient response to therapy (decrease in signs and symptoms of

infection).
• Monitor for adverse effects (e.g. orientation and affect, hearing changes, bone
marrow suppression, renal toxicity, hepatic dysfunction, etc).
• Evaluate patient understanding on drug therapy by asking patient to name the
drug, its indication, and adverse effects to watch for.
• Monitor patient compliance to drug therapy.
125
PHARMACOLOGY
CHAPTER 18
Immunologic Drugs
HIV and AIDS Related Drugs
Learning Outcomes:
After this lesson, you will be able to:
1. Identify the the major classes of antiretroviral medications and describe the
mechanism of action with each class of drugs
2. Identify the need for immunosuppressants and the transplant medications and
describe the mechanism of action with each class of drugs.
3. Describe clinically significant possible adverse effects associated with transplant
medications.4.
4. Discuss appropriate monitoring and management strategies for transplant
medications adverse effects
5. Develop a nursing care plan for a child undergoing transplant medication
treatment
INTRODUCTION
HIV Infection has been a global health problem since 1983. At the end of 2016,
approximately 36.7 million people worldwide were HIV-positive. In mid-2017,
approximately 20.9 million people were receiving antiretroviral (ARV) drugs.AIDS
represents the infection’s advanced clinical stage. To treat HIV, numerous ARVs have
been developed that act on different phases of viral replication and are used in
combination as antiretroviral therapy (ART).
There are six classes of ARV drugs: nucleoside reverse-transcriptase inhibitors

(NRTIs), non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors (NNRTIs), protease inhibitors
(PIs), entry inhibitors (EIs), fusion inhibitors (FIs), and integrase inhibitors (INIs). HIV
therapy also uses post-attachment inhibitors (ibalizumab) and pharmacokinetic
enhancers (cobicistat). Despite advances in patient survival and reduction of HIV-
associated morbidity/mortality, adverse events and disorders associated with ARVs
persist, which limit their benefits and contribute to drug resistance.
They're not a cure for HIV.

The goals for these medicines are to:
• Control the growth of the virus

• Improve how well your immune system works
• Slow or stop symptoms
• Prevent transmission of HIV to others
126
PHARMACOLOGY
Nucleoside/Nucleotide Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitors (NRTIs)

NRTIs force the HIV virus to use faulty versions of building blocks so infected
cells can't make more HIV.
• Abacavir, or ABC (Ziagen)

• Didanosine, or ddl (Videx)
• Emtricitabine, or FTC (Emtriva)
• Lamivudine, or 3TC (Epivir)
• Stavudine, or d4T (Zerit)
• Tenofovir alafenamide, or TAF (Vemlidy)
• Tenofovir disoproxil fumarate, or TDF (Viread),
• Zidovudine or ZDV (Retrovir)
Non-nucleoside Reverse Transcriptase
Inhibitors (NNRTIs)
These are also called "non-nukes." NNRTIs bind to a specific protein so the HIV
virus can't make copies of itself, similar to jamming a zipper.
• Delavirdine or DLV (Rescripor)

• Doravirine, or DOR (Pifeltro)
• Efavirenz or EFV (Sustiva)
• Etravirine or ETR (Intelence)
• Nevirapine or NVP (Viramune)
• Rilpivirine or RPV (Edurant)
Protease Inhibitors (PIs)

These drugs block a protein that infected cells need to put together new HIV
virus particles.
• Atazanavir or ATV (Reyataz)

• Darunavir or DRV (Prezista)
• Fosamprenavir or FPV (Lexiva)
• Indinavir or IDV (Crixivan)
• Lopinavir + ritonavir, or LPV/r (Kaletra)
• Nelfinavir or NFV (Viracept)
• Ritonavir or RTV (Norvir)
• Saquinavir or SQV (Invirase, Fortovase)
• Tipranavir or TPV (Aptivus)
Entry Inhibitors (EIs)
A group of antiretroviral (ARV) HIV drugs that includes CCR5 antagonists, and
post-attachment inhibitors. Entry inhibitors block HIV from entering a host CD4
T lymphocyte (CD4 cell).
Fusion Inhibitors
Unlike NRTIs, NNRTIs, PIs, and INSTIs -- which work on infected cells -- these
drugs help block HIV from getting inside healthy cells in the first place.
⚫ Enfuvirtide, or ENF or T-20 (Fuzeon)
CCR5 Antagonist
127
PHARMACOLOGY
⚫ Maraviroc, or MVC (Selzentry), also stops HIV before it gets inside a

healthy cell, but in a different way than fusion inhibitors. It blocks a specific
kind of "hook" on the outside of certain cells so the virus can't plug in.
Post-Attachment Inhibitor or Monoclonal Antibody

⚫ This is a new class of antiviral medication specifically for adults living with
HIV who have tried multiple HIV medications and whose HIV has been
resistant to current available therapies. Ibalizumab-uiyk (Trogarzo) blocks
your body’s HIV infected cells from spreading the virus into those which are
uninfected. It is administered by IV.
Fusion Inhibitors (FIs)

Unlike NRTIs, NNRTIs, PIs, and INSTIs -- which work on infected cells -- these
drugs help block HIV from getting inside healthy cells in the first place.
⚫ Enfuvirtide, or ENF or T-20 (Fuzeon)
Integrase Inhibitors (INIs)

These stop HIV from making copies of itself by blocking a key protein that allows
the virus to put its DNA into the healthy cell's DNA. They're also called integrase
strand transfer inhibitors (INSTIs).
• Bictegravir or BIC (combined with other drugs as Biktarvy)

• Dolutegravir or DTG (Tivicay)
• Elvitegravir or EVG (Vitekta)
• Raltegravir or RAL (Isentress)
CASE STUDY:
Ina, a nurse phlebotomist, is assigned to an HIV-positive patient. She was

tasked to withdraw blood from the said patient to be sent to the laboratory.
While Ina is withdrawing blood from the patient, he suddenly went berserk, and
Ina’s needle plunged deep into her arm. Afraid of being reprimanded, Ina kept
the incident from her colleagues. A month after, Ina reported fever and skin
rash to her physician. She confessed about the incident of the needle prick with
her physician, so he ordered a series of tests to confirm Ina’s diagnosis. The
laboratory results showed that Ina is in the primary infection stage of HIV
infection.
Nursing Responsibilities
Until an effective vaccine is developed, nurses need to prevent HIV infection by

teaching patients how to eliminate or reduce risky behaviors.
• Safe sex. Other than abstinence, consistent and correct use of condoms is
the only effective method to decrease the risk of sexual transmission of HIV
infection.
128
PHARMACOLOGY
• In March 2007, based on the results of three clinical trials, the WHO and
UNAIDS recommended that circumcision be recognized as an effective
strategy to reduce the risk of HIV acquisition in men.
• Sex partners. Avoid sexual contact with multiple partners or people who are
known to be HIV positive or IV/injection drug users.
• Blood and blood components. People who are HIV positive or who use
injection drugs should be instructed not to donate blood or share drug
equipment with others.
Transplant Drugs
What are immunosuppressants?
Immunosuppressants are drugs or medicines that lower the body's ability to reject a
transplanted organ. Another term for these drugs is anti-rejection drugs.
Immunosuppressive Mechanism of action Side effects

drug
Antithymocyte Blocks T cell Cytokine-release syndrome

globulin membrane proteins,
resulting in T cell Lymphopenia
depletion Increased risk of post-transplant
lymphoma
Alemtuzumab Directed against CD52, Cytokine-release syndrome

thereby depleting T
(CAMPATH-1H) cells, B cells, NK cells Lymphopenia
and monocytes Autoimmune phenomena
Rituximab Directed against CD20, Infusion-related reactions

inducing B cell
depletion
Basiliximab Directed against CD25, Hypersensitivity reactions

thereby inhibiting IL-2-
induced T cell
proliferation
Daclizumab Directed against CD25, Withdrawn from market due to

thereby inhibiting IL-2- reports of serious inflammatory
induced T cell brain disorders
proliferation
Belatacept Blocks co-stimulation Increased risk of post-transplant

by binding to CD80 and lymphoproliferative disease
CD86 receptors on
APCs and thereby Bone marrow suppression
prevents binding to Hypertension
CD28 on the T cell
Dyslipidemia
129
PHARMACOLOGY
Azathioprine Inhibits purine Leukopenia and thrombocytopenia

synthesis, resulting in
reduced T cell Nausea and vomiting
proliferation Hepatotoxicity
Increased incidence of
malignancies
Mycophenolate Inhibits inosine Neutropenia

mofetil monophosphate
dehydrogenase, Anorexia, abdominal pain, gastritis
resulting in inhibition of and diarrhea
T and B cell Opportunistic infections
proliferation
Teratogenic effects
Cyclosporine Binds to cyclophilin and Acute and chronic nephrotoxicity

forms a complex that
inhibits calcineurin, Hypomagnesemia and
leading to reduced hyperkalemia
cytokine production and Neurotoxicity
decreased T cell
proliferation Increased risk of malignancies
Increased risk of diabetes
Tacrolimus Binds to FK506-binding Similar to cyclosporine except:

protein 12 and forms a
complex that inhibits Lower incidence of hyperlipidemia,
calcineurin, leading to hypertension, hirsutism and
reduced cytokine gingival hyperplasia
production and Higher incidence of diabetes and
decreased T cell neurotoxicity
proliferation
Sirolimus and Bind to FK506-binding Delayed wound healing

everolimus protein 12, thereby
inhibiting mTOR, Leukopenia and thrombocytopenia
resulting in decreased Increased risk of infections
cytokine-driven T cell
proliferation Anaphylaxis and hypersensitivity
reactions
Hyperlipidemia
Life-threatening pneumonitis
Mouth ulcers and increased
mortality with sirolimus
130
PHARMACOLOGY
Corticosteroids Reduce the number of Impaired wound healing

circulating
lymphocytes, Opportunistic infections
monocytes and Psychiatric and sleep disturbances
eosinophils and inhibit
cytokine production Mood changes
Cushing's syndrome
Hyperglycemia
Hypertension
Dyslipidemia
Osteoporosis
Cardiovascular side effects
Nursing Considerations for Immunosuppressants
Here are important nursing considerations when administering suppressants:
Nursing Assessment
• Assess for contraindications or cautions (e.g., history of allergies, pregnancy

or lactation, renal and hepatic impairment, history of neoplasms, etc.) to avoid
adverse effects.
• Establish baseline physical assessment to monitor for any potential adverse
effects.
• Assess for presence of skin lesions to detect early dermatological effects.
• Obtain weight to monitor for fluid retention.

• Monitor temperature to detect any infection.
• Evaluate CNS status to assess CNS effects of the drug.
• Monitor pulse, blood pressure, and perfusion to assess for bleeding effects or
cardiovascular effects of the drug.
• Monitor laboratory tests for CBC and liver and renal functions tests to
determine the need for possible dose adjustment and to identify changes in
bone marrow function
Nursing Diagnoses
Here are some of the nursing diagnoses that can be formulated in the use of these
drugs for therapy:
131
PHARMACOLOGY
• Acute pain related to CNS, GI and flu-like effects

• Imbalanced nutrition: less than body requirements related to nausea and
vomiting
• Anxiety related to diagnosis and drug therapy
These are vital nursing interventions done in patients who are taking
immunosuppressants:
• Arrange for laboratory tests before and periodically during therapy, including
CBC and differential, to monitor for drug effects and adverse effects.
• Administer drug as indicated; instruct patient and significant other if injections
are required to ensure that the drug will be given if the patient is not able to
administer it.
• Protect the patient from exposure to infections and maintain strict aseptic
technique for any invasive procedures to prevent infections during
immunosuppression.
• Arrange for supportive care and comfort measures (e.g., rest, environmental
control) to decrease patient discomfort and increase therapeutic compliance.
• Provide patient education about drug effects and warning signs to increase
knowledge about drug therapy and to increase compliance with drug.
Evaluation
therapy:
• Monitor patient response to therapy (improvement in condition being treated).

• Monitor for adverse effects (e.g., flu-like symptoms, GI upset, increased
infections, neoplasms).
Vaccines
Immunology and Vaccine-Preventable Diseases
Immunology is a complicated subject, and a detailed discussion of it is beyond the scope

of this text. However, an understanding of the basic function of the immune system is
useful in order to understand both how vaccines work and the basis of recommendations
for their use. The description that follows is simplified.
132
PHARMACOLOGY
Immunity
⚫ Self vs. Nonself
⚫ Protection from infectious disease
⚫ Usually indicated by the presence of antibody
⚫ Generally specific to a single organism
Active Immunity
⚫ Protection produced by the person’s own immune system
⚫ Often lifetime
Passive Immunity
⚫ Protection transferred from another animal or human
⚫ Effective protection that wanes with time
⚫ Transplacental most important source in infancy
Antigen
⚫ A live (e.g., viruses and bacteria)
or inactivated substance capable of producing an immune response
Antibody
⚫ Protein molecules (immunoglobulins) produced by
B lymphocytes to help eliminate an antigen
Classification of Vaccines
Live Attenuated Vaccines

⚫ Attenuated (weakened) form of the “wild” virus or bacterium
⚫ Must replicate to produce an immune response
⚫ Immune response virtually identical to natural infection
⚫ Usually produce immunity with one dose*
⚫ Severe reactions possible
⚫ Interference from circulating antibody
⚫ Fragile – must be stored and handled carefully
⚫ Viral: measles, mumps, rubella, vaccinia, varicella, zoster, yellow fever, rotavirus,
intranasal influenza, oral polio
⚫ Bacterial: BCG, oral typhoid
*except those administered orally
Inactivated Vaccines
⚫ Cannot replicate
⚫ Less affected by circulating antibody than live vaccines
⚫ Always require multiple doses
133
PHARMACOLOGY
⚫ Immune response mostly humoral

⚫ Antibody titer diminish with time
⚫ May require periodic supplemental booster doses
⚫ Whole-cell vaccines
◆ viral: polio, hepatitis A, rabies, influenza
◆ bacterial: pertussis, typhoid, cholera, plague
⚫ Fractional vaccines
⚫ Subunits: hepatitis B, influenza, acellular pertussis, human papillomavirus, anthrax
⚫ Toxoids: diphtheria, tetanus
Polysaccharide Vaccines
Polysaccharide vaccines are a unique type of inactivated subunit vaccine composed of

long chains of sugar molecules that make up the surface capsule of certain bacteria.
Pure polysaccharide
⚫ pneumococcal
⚫ meningococcal
⚫ Salmonella Typhi (Vi) Conjugate polysaccharide
⚫ Haemophilus influenzae type b (Hib)
⚫ pneumococcal
⚫ meningococcal
Pure Polysaccharide Vaccines
⚫ Not consistently immunogenic in children younger than 2 years of age

⚫ No booster response
⚫ Antibody with less functional activity
⚫ Immunogenicity improved by conjugation Recombinant Vaccines
⚫ Genetic engineering technology
⚫ Viral: hepatitis B, human papillomavirus, influenza (one brand), live attenuated
influenza
⚫ Bacterial: Salmonella Typhi (Ty21a)
General Rule: The more similar a vaccine is to the disease-causing form of the organism,
the better the immune response to the vaccine
134
PHARMACOLOGY
CHAPTER 19
Antineoplastic and Biologic Response Modifiers
Anticancer Drugs
Learning Outcomes:
1.Identify the anticancer or antineoplastic drugs and describe the mechanism of action
with each class of drugs. Identify the different targeted therapies to treat cancer
2. Describe clinically significant possible adverse effects associated with antineoplastic
drugs
3.Develop a nursing care plan for a patient undergoing anticancer medication treatment
4.Differentiate the various cancer treatments from each other.
5.Discuss appropriate monitoring and management strategies for each cancer treatment.
6.Develop a nursing care plan for a patient undergoing cancer treatment.
Antineoplastic drugs are medications used to treat cancer. Antineoplastic drugs are also
called anticancer, chemotherapy, chemo, cytotoxic, or hazardous drugs.
These drugs come in many forms. Some are liquids that are injected into the patient and
some are pills that patients take.
Why should I be concerned about exposure?
• We know that cancer patients who are taking antineoplastic drugs have an
increased risk of infertility. If they are treated during pregnancy, these patients
have an increased risk of miscarriage or having a child with a birth defect.
• People who work with these drugs have also been found to have an increased
risk of having a miscarriage or a child with a birth defect.
• Antineoplastic drugs work by targeting and killing rapidly dividing cancerous cells,
but they can also be harmful to healthy dividing cells, including the cells of a
developing baby.
Antineoplastic Medications
1.Cell cycle–specific drugs

Drugs that are cytotoxic during a specific cell-cycle phase
Used to treat a variety of solid and/or circulating tumors
⚫ Antimetabolites
⚫ Mitotic inhibitors
⚫ Alkaloid topoisomerase II inhibitors
⚫ Topoisomerase I inhibitors
⚫ Antineoplastic enzymes
2.Cell cycle–nonspecific drugs
Cytotoxic during any cell-cycle stage
3.Miscellaneous cell cycle–specific drugs
135
PHARMACOLOGY
4.Miscellaneous antineoplastics (cell-cycle specificity unclear)

5.Hormonal agents
6.Radioactive antineoplastics
Antimetabolites
1. Folate (folic acid) antagonists

methotrexate (MTX), pemetrexed, palatrexate
2. Purine antagonists
fludarabine (F-AMP),mercaptopurine (6-MP), thioguanine (6-TG), cladribine,
pentostatin
3. Pyrimidine antagonists
fluorouracil (5-FU), cytarabine (ara-C), capecitabine, floxuridine (FUDR),
gemcitabine
4. Folic acid antagonism
Interferes with the use of folic acid
As a result, DNA is not produced, and the cell dies
TARGETED THERAPIES TO TREAT CANCER
The goal of cancer treatment is to achieve a cure for cancer, allowing a patient to live
a normal life span. This may or may not be possible, depending on their specific situation.
If a cure isn't possible, the treatments may be used to shrink the cancer or slow the growth
of the cancer to allow the patient to live symptom free for as long as possible.
Cancer treatments may be used as:
Primary treatment. The goal of a primary treatment is to completely remove the

cancer from the body or kill all the cancer cells.
Any cancer treatment can be used as a primary treatment, but the most common
primary cancer treatment for the most common types of cancer is surgery. If the cancer
is particularly sensitive to radiation therapy or chemotherapy, the patient may receive one
of those therapies as your primary treatment.
Adjuvant treatment. The goal of adjuvant therapy is to kill any cancer cells that may
remain after primary treatment in order to reduce the chance that the cancer will recur.
136
PHARMACOLOGY
Any cancer treatment can be used as an adjuvant therapy. Common adjuvant

therapies include chemotherapy, radiation therapy and hormone therapy.
Neoadjuvant therapy is similar, but treatments are used before the primary treatment
in order to make the primary treatment easier or more effective.
Palliative treatment. Palliative treatments may help relieve side effects of treatment
or signs and symptoms caused by cancer itself. Surgery, radiation, chemotherapy and
hormone therapy can all be used to relieve symptoms. Other medications may relieve
symptoms such as pain and shortness of breath.
Palliative treatment can be used at the same time as other treatments intended to
cure cancer.
Many cancer treatments are available. The treatment options will depend on several
factors, such as the type and stage of cancer, general health, and patient preferences.
Together,the patient and his doctor can weigh the benefits and risks of each cancer
treatment to determine which is best for himself.
Cancer treatment options include:
• Surgery. The goal of surgery is to remove the cancer or as much of the cancer as
possible.
• Chemotherapy. Chemotherapy uses drugs to kill cancer cells.
• Radiation therapy. Radiation therapy uses high-powered energy beams, such as
X-rays or protons, to kill cancer cells. Radiation treatment can come from a machine
outside your body (external beam radiation), or it can be placed inside your body
(brachytherapy).
• Bone marrow transplant. The bone marrow is the material inside the bones that
makes blood cells from blood stem cells. A bone marrow transplant, also known as
a stem cell transplant, can use the patient’s own bone marrow stem cells or those
from a donor. A bone marrow transplant allows the doctor to use higher doses of
chemotherapy to treat cancer. It may also be used to replace diseased bone marrow.
• Immunotherapy. Immunotherapy, also known as biological therapy, uses the
body's immune system to fight cancer. Cancer can survive unchecked in the body
because the immune system doesn't recognize it as an intruder. Immunotherapy can
help your immune system "see" the cancer and attack it.
• Hormone therapy. Some types of cancer are fueled by the body's hormones.
Examples include breast cancer and prostate cancer. Removing those hormones
from the body or blocking their effects may cause the cancer cells to stop growing.
• Targeted drug therapy. Targeted drug treatment focuses on specific abnormalities
within cancer cells that allow them to survive.
137
PHARMACOLOGY
• Cryoablation. This treatment kills cancer cells with cold. During cryoablation, a thin,
wandlike needle (cryoprobe) is inserted through your skin and directly into the
cancerous tumor. A gas is pumped into the cryoprobe in order to freeze the tissue.
Then the tissue is allowed to thaw. The freezing and thawing process is repeated
several times during the same treatment session in order to kill the cancer cells.
• Radiofrequency ablation. This treatment uses electrical energy to heat cancer
cells, causing them to die. During radiofrequency ablation, a doctor guides a thin
needle through the skin or through an incision and into the cancer tissue. High-
frequency energy passes through the needle and causes the surrounding tissue to
heat up, killing the nearby cells.
• Clinical trials. Clinical trials are studies to investigate new ways of treating cancer.
Thousands of cancer clinical trials are underway.
Nursing Diagnosis for Cancer Patients
1. Anticipatory Grieving
May be related to
Anticipated loss of physiological well-being (e.g., loss of body part; change
in body function); change in lifestyle
Perceived potential death of patient
Possibly evidenced by
Changes in eating habits, alterations in sleep patterns, activity levels, libido,
and communication patterns
Denial of potential loss, choked feelings, anger
Desired Outcomes
Identify and express feelings appropriately.
Continue normal life activities, looking toward/planning for the future, one
day at a time.
Verbalize understanding of the dying process and feelings of being
supported in grief work.
⚫ Expect initial shock and disbelief following diagnosis of cancer
and traumatizing procedures (disfiguring surgery, colostomy, amputation).
Rationale: Few patients are fully prepared for the reality of the changes that
can occur.
⚫ Assess patient and SO for stage of grief currently being experienced.
Explain process as appropriate.
Rationale: Knowledge about the grieving process reinforces the normality of
feelings and reactions being experienced and can help patient deal more
effectively with them.
⚫ Provide open, nonjudgmental environment. Use therapeutic
communication skills of Active-Listening, acknowledgment, and so on.
Rationale: Promotes and encourages realistic dialogue about feelings and
concerns.
⚫ Encourage verbalization of thoughts or concerns and accept expressions
of sadness, anger, rejection. Acknowledge normality of these feelings.
Rationale: Patient may feel supported in expression of feelings by the
understanding that deep and often conflicting emotions are normal and
experienced by others in this difficult situation.
⚫ Be aware of mood swings, hostility, and other acting-out behavior. Set limits
on inappropriate behavior, redirect negative thinking.
138
PHARMACOLOGY
Rationale: Indicators of ineffective coping and need for additional interventions.

Preventing destructive actions enables patient to maintain control and sense of
self-esteem.
⚫ Be aware of debilitating depression. Ask patient direct questions about
state of mind.
Rationale: Studies show that many cancer patients are at high risk for suicide.
They are especially vulnerable when recently diagnosed and discharged from
hospital.
⚫ Visit frequently and provide physical contact as appropriate, or provide
frequent phone support as appropriate for setting. Arrange for care provider
and support person to stay with patient as needed.
Rationale: Helps reduce feelings of isolation and abandonment.
⚫ Reinforce teaching regarding disease process and treatments and provide
information as appropriate about dying. Be honest; do not give false hope
while providing emotional support.
Rationale: Patient and SO benefit from factual information. Individuals may ask
direct questions about death, and honest answers promote trust and provide
reassurance that correct information will be given.
⚫ Review past life experiences, role changes, and coping skills. Talk about
things that interest the patient.
Rationale: Opportunity to identify skills that may help individuals cope with grief
of current situation more effectively.
⚫ Note evidence of conflict; expressions of anger; and statements of despair,
guilt, hopelessness, “nothing to live for.”
Rationale: Interpersonal conflicts or angry behavior may be patient’s way of
expressing and dealing with feelings of despair or spiritual distress and could
be indicative of suicidal ideation.
⚫ Determine way that patient and SO understand and respond to death such
as cultural expectations, learned behaviors, experience with death (close
family members, friends), beliefs about life after death, faith in Higher
Power (God).
Rationale: These factors affect how each individual deals with the possibility of
death and influences how they may respond and interact.
⚫ Identify positive aspects of the situation.
Rationale: Possibility of remission and slow progression of disease and new
therapies can offer hope for the future.
⚫ Discuss ways patient and SO can plan together for the future. Encourage
setting of realistic goals.
Rationale: Having a part in problem solving and planning can provide a sense
of control over anticipated events.
⚫ Refer to visiting nurse, home health agency as needed, or hospice
program, if appropriate.
Rationale: Provides support in meeting physical and emotional needs of patient
and SO, and can supplement the care family and friends are able to give.
Administration
Biologic response modifier therapy is administered either by intravenous (IV) or
subcutaneous (SC) route. IV is usually done in the hospital or outpatient setting, while SC
is generally self-administered by patients or by health care professionals. The
administration could be weekly, biweekly, monthly, or bimonthly depending on the
indication and half-life of the medication.
139
PHARMACOLOGY
Intravenous (IV) Sarilumab, Tocilizumab, Abatacept Infliximab,

Nituximab, Secukinumab, (STAINS)
Subcutaneous (SC) Adalimumab, golimumab, etanercept,

certolizumab, anakinra, ustekinumab
Either SC or IV batacept, tocilizumab, golimumab
Oral tofacitinib
Biological response modifiers can produce several toxic effects that may have a
significant impact on the patient's quality of life. Additionally, biotherapy is being delivered
more frequently in the ambulatory and home care settings.
Implications for nursing practice:
As the role of biotherapy expands in the treatment of cancer, oncology nurses must be
attuned to the special needs of patients receiving this therapy. Nurses must be
knowledgeable of not only symptom management but reimbursement and managed care
issues as well.
140
PHARMACOLOGY
CHAPTER 20
Respiratory agents
Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify the need for respiratory agents and describe the mechanism of action with
each class of drugs
2. Understand the characteristics and causes of Upper and Lower Respiratory
Disorders
3. Describe clinically significant possible adverse effects associated with respiratory
agents
4. Discuss appropriate monitoring and management strategies for respiratory agents
1. Develop a nursing care plan for a patient undergoing respiratory medication
treatment.
What are Respiratory agents?

Respiratory agents is a term used to describe a wide variety of medicines used to relieve,
treat, or prevent respiratory diseases such as asthma, chronic bronchitis, chronic
obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), or pneumonia.
Respiratory agents are available in many different forms, such as oral tablets, oral liquids,
injections or inhalations. Inhalations deliver the required medicine or medicines directly
to the lungs, which means the medicine(s) can act directly on the lung tissues, minimizing
systemic side effects.
Some products contain more than one medicine (for example, inhalers that combine a
long-acting bronchodilator with a glucocorticoid).
Types of Respiratory agents
• antiasthmatic combinations
• antihistamines
• antitussives
• bronchodilators
o adrenergic bronchodilators
o anticholinergic bronchodilators
o bronchodilator combinations
o methylxanthines
• decongestants
• expectorants
• leukotriene modifiers
• lung surfactants
• miscellaneous respiratory agents
• respiratory inhalant products
o inhaled anti-infectives
o inhaled corticosteroids
o mast cell stabilizers
o mucolytics
• selective phosphodiesterase-4 inhibitors
• upper respiratory combinations
141
PHARMACOLOGY
Upper respiratory Tract Disorders
Upper respiratory tract infection (URTI) definition and facts
✓ Upper respiratory infections (URIs) are one of the most common reasons for doctor
visits.
✓ Upper respiratory infections are the most common illness resulting in missed work or
school.
✓ Upper respiratory tract infections can happen at any time, but are most common in
the fall and winter.
✓ The vast majority of upper respiratory infections are caused by viruses and are self-
limited.
✓ Symptoms of upper respiratory infection include:
▪ cough,
▪ sneezing,
▪ nasal discharge,
▪ nasal congestion,
▪ runny nose,
▪ fever,
▪ scratchy or sore throat, and
▪ nasal breathing.
✓ Antibiotics are rarely needed to treat upper respiratory infections and generally
should be avoided, unless the doctor suspects a bacterial infection.
✓ Simple techniques, such as, proper hand washing and covering face while
coughing or sneezing, may reduce the spread of respiratory tract infections.
✓ General outlook for upper respiratory infections is favorable, although, sometimes
complication can occur.
Upper Respiratory Tract Infection
Kindly copy this link on your browser for a very informative powerpoint lecture :
https://www.slideshare.net/mohanad09/lecture-2-upper-respiratory-tract?qid=5e15d526-
16d3-447c-a6b7-0d218ccc681b&v=&b=&from_search=7
36 Lower Respiratory tract infections
Lower respiratory tract infections are any infections in the lungs or below the
voice box. These include pneumonia, bronchitis, and tuberculosis.
Symptoms
Symptoms of lower respiratory tract infections vary and depend on the severity of the
infection.
Less severe infections can have symptoms similar to the common cold, including:
142
PHARMACOLOGY
• a stuffed up or a runny nose

• a dry cough
• a low fever
• a mild sore throat
• a dull headache
In more severe infections, symptoms can include:
•
a severe cough that may produce phlegm
•
fever
•
difficulty breathing
•
a blue tint to the skin
•
rapid breathing
•
chest pain
•
wheezing
Diagnosis
A doctor will usually diagnose a lower respiratory infection during an exam and after
discussing the symptoms a person has and how long they have been present.
During the exam, the doctor will listen to the person’s chest and breathing through a
stethoscope.
The doctor may order tests to help diagnose the problem, such as:
• pulse oximetry to find how much oxygen is in the blood
• chest X-rays to check for pneumonia
• blood tests to check for bacteria and viruses
• mucus samples to look for bacteria and viruses
Nursing Responsibilities in Administration of Respiratory Agents
Nursing Assessment
History taking and physical examination of patients taking bronchodilators or

antiasthmatics.
• Assess for possible contraindications or cautions: any known allergies to

prevent hypersensitivity reactions; cigarette use which affects the metabolism
of the drug; peptic ulcer, gastritis, renal or hepatic dysfunction, and coronary
disease, all of which could be exacerbated and require cautious use; and
pregnancy and lactation, which are contraindications because of the potential
for adverse effects on the fetus or nursing baby.
• Perform a physical examination to establish baseline data for assessing the
effectiveness of the drug and the occurrence of any adverse effects associated
with drug therapy.
• Perform a skin examination, including color and the presence of lesions, to
provide a baseline as a reference for drug effectiveness.
• Monitor blood pressure, pulse, cardiac auscultation, peripheral perfusion,
and baseline electrocardiogram to provide a baseline for effects on
the cardiovascular system.
• Assess bowel sounds and do a liver evaluation and monitor liver and renal
function tests to provide a baseline for renal and hepatic function tests.
143
PHARMACOLOGY
• Evaluate serum theophylline levels to provide a baseline reference and

identify conditions that may require caution in the use of xanthines.
• Evaluate urinary output and prostate palpation as appropriate to monitor
anticholinergic effects.
• Evaluate orientation, affect, and reflexes to evaluate CNS effects.
Nursing Diagnosis and Care Planning
Nursing diagnosis and care planning related to drug therapy include:
• Acute pain related to headache and GI upset.

• Disturbed sensory perception (kinesthetic, visual) related to CNS effects.
• Deficient knowledge regarding drug therapy.
• Increased cardiac output related to sympathomimetic effects.
• Disturbed thought processes related to CNS effects.
• Imbalanced nutrition: less than body requirements related to dry mouth and
GI upset.
Nursing Implementation with Rationale
The nursing interventions for patients using bronchodilators or antiasthmatics include:
• Relieve GI upset. Administer oral drug with food or milk to relieve GI irritation
if GI upset is a problem.
• Monitor drug response. Monitor patient response to the drug (e.g., relief of
respiratory difficulty, improved airflow) to determine the effectiveness of the
drug dose and to adjust dose as needed.
• Provide comfort. Provide comfort measures including rest periods, quiet
environment, dietary control of caffeine, and headache therapy as needed, to
help the patient cope with the effects of drug therapy.
• Provide follow-ups. Provide periodic follow-up, including blood tests, to
monitor serum theophylline levels.
• Individual drug response. Reassure patient that the drug of choice will vary
with each individual; these sympathomimetics are slightly different chemicals
and are prepared in a variety of delivery systems; a patient may have to try
several different sympathomimetics before the most effective one is found.
• Proper administration and dosage. Advise the patient to use the minimal
amount needed for the shortest period necessary to prevent adverse effects
and accumulation of drug levels.
• Proper use of sympathomimetics. Teach the patients who use one of these
drugs for exercise-induced asthma to use it 30 to 60 minutes before exercising
to ensure peak therapeutic effects when they are needed.
• Use of adrenergic blockers. Alert the patient that long-acting adrenergic
blockers are not for use during acute attacks because they are slower acting
and will not provide the necessary rescue in a state of acute bronchospasm.
144
PHARMACOLOGY
• Increase oral fluid intake. Ensure adequate hydration and provide

environmental controls such as the use of a humidifier, to make the patient more
comfortable.
• Encourage voiding. Encourage the patient to void before each dose
of medication to avoid urinary retention related to drug effects.
• Small, frequent meals. Provide small, frequent meals and sugarless lozenges
to relieve dry mouth and GI upset.
• Use of inhalator. Review the use of inhalator with the patient; caution the
patient not to exceed 12 inhalations in 24 hours to prevent serious adverse
effects.
• Educate the patient. Provide thorough patient teaching, including the drug
name and prescribed dosage measures to help avoid adverse effects, warning
signs that may indicate problems, and the need for periodic monitoring and
evaluation, to enhance patient knowledge about drug therapy and to promote
compliance.
• Provide patient support. Offer support and encouragement to help the patient
cope with the disease and the drug regimen.
Evaluation
Evaluation of a patient using bronchodilators/antiasthmatics include the following:
• Monitor patient response to the drug (improved airflow, ease of respirations,

improved breathing).
• Monitor for adverse effects (CNS effects, increased pulse or blood pressure, GI
upset, dry skin, and mucous membranes).
• Evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching plan (patient can name drug, dosage,
adverse effects to watch for, specific measures to avoid them, and measures to
take to increase the effectiveness of the drug).
• Monitor the effectiveness of other measures to ease breathing.
145
PHARMACOLOGY
CHAPTER 21
Cardiovascular System Drugs
Cardiac Glycosides, Anti anginals, Antidysrrhythmics

Learning Outcomes:
1. Identify the cardiac glycosides, antianginals and antidysrrhythmic drugs, their
indications and describe the mechanism of action with each class of drugs
2. Familiarize with the generic names and brand names under each classification.
3. Discuss appropriate monitoring and management strategies for each drug
classification and its adverse effects
2. Develop a nursing care plan for a patient undergoing cardiovascular system drugs
Cardiac Glycosides
• Cardiac glycosides are cardiotonic agents from foxglove or digitalis plants. They
exert their effects on the cardiac muscles by affecting levels of intracellular
calcium. In turn, the contractility of the muscles is increased.
Therapeutic Action
• Allows more calcium to enter during contraction, therefore increasing the

force of contraction – positive inotropic effect.
• Consequently, there is increased cardiac output and renal perfusion. A good
blood supply to the kidney decreases renin release. This downplays the activity
of renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system (RAAS) which causes more fluid to be
excreted in the body through urine. A decrease in blood volume eases the
workload of the heart.
• Another mechanism of this drug is to decrease the workload of the heart
and slow down relaxation of the cells. Therefore, this drug can increase
the strength of contractility without increasing the rate of contraction (negative
chronotropic effect).
Indications
• Primarily indicated for decreasing workload of the heart and relieving HF.
• Digoxin is especially indicated for atrial flutter, atrial fibrillation, and
paroxysmal atrial tachycardia.
Children
• Widely used in the treatment of heart defects in children but the margin of
safety for drug dosage is small so the nurse should recalculate and re-
validate the dose with another nurse before administration.
• Serum level of digoxin and signs of digitalis toxicity should be monitored
carefully.
Adults
• This age group should be educated on manifestations that should be

reported signifying drug toxicity.
146
PHARMACOLOGY
• Also, adults are cautioned against utilization of different brands of digoxin

as differences in bioavailability can increase the chance of toxicity.
• It is important for these patients to be taught how to take their own heart
rate and assess its regularity.
• Safety of this drug for pregnant women is not established. As for lactating
women, although digoxin enters breast milk, it has not been associated with
adverse effects in neonates but caution is still exercised.
Older adults
• Older adults are more susceptible to drug toxicity because of underlying

conditions that would interfere with metabolism and excretion of drug.
• Renal and hepatic function should always be monitored.
• Relatives should be instructed on how to take heart rate and assess its
regularity.
• Careful attention should be given to other drugs taken by older
adult patients as well as their alternative therapies.
Pharmacokinetics
Route Onset Peak Duration
Oral 30-120 min 2-6 h 6-8 d
IV 5-30 min 1-5 h 4-5 d
T1/2: 30-40 h
Metabolism: N/A
Excretion: urine (unchanged)
• Allergy to any component of digitalis preparation. Prevent severe

hypersensitivity reactions.
• Ventricular tachycardia or fibrillation. These are potentially fatal arrhythmias
and should be treated with another drug.
• Heart block (sick sinus syndrome). Can be worsened by drug’s effect on
slowing conduction through AV node
• Idiopathic hypertrophic subaortic stenosis (IHSS). Obstruction of outflow
tract to the aorta can result from increasing the force of contraction and this can
lead to other severe problems.
• Acute myocardial infarction (MI). Increasing the force of contraction can
damage the heart muscles more.
• Renal insufficiency. Drug is excreted through urine and the existing renal
insufficiency can contribute to development of drug toxicity.
• Pregnancy and lactation. Can cause potential adverse effects to the fetus or
neonate.
147
PHARMACOLOGY
Adverse Effects
• CNS: headache, weakness, drowsiness, vision changes (most commonly

reported is seeing yellow halo around objects)
• CV: arrhythmias
• GI: GI upset, anorexia
• NURSING ALERT! Signs and symptoms of digitalis toxicity:
anorexia, nausea, vomiting, malaise, depression, irregular heart rhythms (e.g.
heart block, heart arrhythmias, and ventricular tachycardia)
Interactions
• Digoxin immune Fab or DigiFab: antidote; these antibodies bind molecules of

digoxin, making them unavailable at site of action. Used when serum digoxin is
>10 ng/mL and serum potassium is >5 mEq/L.
• Verapamil, amiodarone, quinine, erythromycin,
tetracycline, cyclosporine: increased therapeutic and toxic effects of digoxin.
Combination of digoxin with any of these drugs would warrant decrease in dose
of digoxin to prevent toxicity.
• Potassium-losing diuretics: increased risk of cardiac arrhythmias
• Thyroid hormones, metoclopramide, penicillamine: decreased therapeutic
effects of digoxin. Increasing the dose of digoxin is important.
• Cholestyramine, charcoal, colestipol, antacids, bleomycin,
cyclophosphamide, methotrexate: decreased absorption of digoxin. In this
case, digoxin must be taken 2-4 hours after taking any of these drugs.
• St. John’s wort, psyllium: decreased therapeutic effect of digoxin
• Ginseng, hawthorn, licorice: increased risk of digoxin toxicity
Nursing Considerations
Here are important nursing considerations when administering cardiac glycosides:
Nursing Assessment
• Assess for the mentioned contraindications to this drug (e.g. renal insufficiency,
acute MI, hypersensitivity, etc.) to prevent potential adverse effects.
• Conduct thorough physical assessment before beginning drug therapy to
establish baseline status, determine effectivity of therapy and evaluate potential
adverse effects.
• Obtain baseline status for weight while noting recent manifestations that
increase or decreases to determine patient’s fluid status.
• Assess closely patient’s heart rate and blood pressure to identify cardiovascular
changes that may warrant a change in digoxin drug dose.
148
PHARMACOLOGY
• Auscultate heart sounds to note the presence of abnormal sounds and possible
conduction problems.
• Determine urinary pattern and output to assess gross indication of renal
function.
• Obtain baseline electrocardiogram (ECG) to identify heart rate and rhythm.
• Monitor serum electrolyte and renal function test results to determine whether
changes in drug dose is needed or not.
Nursing Diagnoses
therapy:
• Risk for fluid volume deficit related to increased renal perfusion as effect of the
drug
• Decreased cardiac output related to inefficient myocardial contractility
• Ineffective tissue perfusion related to decreased blood flow to different parts of
the body
These are vital nursing interventions done in patients who are taking cardiac glycosides:
• Check drug dose and preparation carefully to avoid medication

errors because drug has narrow safety margin.
• Do not administer drug with food and antacids to prevent decreased in drug
absorption.
• IMPORTANT! Count apical pulse for one full minute before administering drug
to monitor for adverse effects.
o Drug is withheld if pulse is less than 60 beats per minute in adults and
90 beats per minute in infants.
o Apical pulse is taken after one hour and if it remains low, nurse must
document it, withhold the dose, and inform doctor.
• Assess pulse rhythm to detect arrhythmias which are early signs of drug toxicity.
• Weigh the patient daily to monitor for fluid retention and HF. Assess dependent
areas for presence of edema and note its degree of pitting to assess severity of
fluid retention.
• Monitor serum digoxin level as ordered (normal: 0.5-2 ng/mL) to evaluate
therapeutic dosing and development of adverse effects.
• Provide comfort measures (e.g. small frequent meals for GI upset, instituting
safety measures for drowsiness and weaknesses, and providing adequate
room lighting for patients with visual disturbances) to help patient tolerate drug
effects.
• Promote rest periods and relaxation techniques to balance supply and demand
of oxygen.
• Ensure maintenance of emergency drugs and equipment at bedside (e.g.
potassium salts and lidocaine for arrhythmias, phenytoin for
149
PHARMACOLOGY
seizures, atropine in case of clinically significant low heart rate, and cardiac
monitor) to promote prompt treatment in cases of severe toxicity.
• Educate patient on drug therapy including drug name, its indication, and
adverse effects to watch out for to enhance patient understanding on drug
therapy and thereby promote adherence to drug regimen.
Evaluation
therapy:
• Monitor patient response to therapy through assessing manifestations of

HF, arrhythmia, and serum level of digoxin.
• Monitor for adverse effects (e.g. visual changes, HF, and arrhythmias).
Antianginal drugs are used primarily to restore the balance between the oxygen supply
and demand of the heart. These drugs dilate the coronary vessels to increase the flow of
oxygen to the ischemic regions. Other than that, they also decrease the workload of the
heart so the organ would have less demand for oxygen.
Nitrates and Nitrites amyl nitrate Vaporole

Nitrates are antianginal agents that provide Isosorbide
fast action to directly relax smooth muscles Imdur, Monoket
mononitrate
and depress muscle tone without affecting
nerve activity. Isosorbide dinitrate Isordil, Sorbitrate
Nitrates reduce preload and myocardial
muscle tension by dilating the veins. Also,
they reduce afterload by dilating the arteries.
Both of these actions lower oxygen demand
by decreasing the workload of the heart.
Nitroglycerin Nitro-Bid, Nitrostat

Instruct patient not to swallow sublingual
preparations to ensure therapeutic effects.
Take three tablets with a 5-minute interval,
150
PHARMACOLOGY
for a total of three doses. If the pain does not

subside, seek medical help.
Ask for presence of burning sensation to
ensure drug potency.
Protect drug from sunlight to maintain drug
potency.
For sustained release forms, take drug with
water and do not crush for these
preparations need to reach GIT intact.
Rotate injection sites and provide skin care
as appropriate to prevent skin abrasion and
breakdown.
Avoid abrupt stop of long-term therapy.
Taper doses for 4-6 weeks to prevent
myocardial infarction.
Provide comfort measures: small frequent
meals, appropriate room temperature and
lights, noise reduction, ambulation
assistance, reorientation, and skin care.
Beta-adrenergic blockers acebutolol Sectral

Beta-adrenergic blockers are drugs which esmolol Brevibloc
block or lyse the effects of sympathetic
stimulation. Hence, they are also called metoprolol Toprol, Toprol XL
as sympatholytics.
nadolol Corgard
propranolol Inderal, Lopressor
Give drug as ordered following safe and

appropriate administration to ensure
therapeutic effects.
Provide comfort measures: ambulation

assistance, raised siderails, appropriate
room light and temperature, and rest periods timolol Blocadren
Monitor cardiopulmonary status closely to

detect possible alterations in vital signs
which signal need for dose adjustment and
to prevent related adverse effects.
Educate client about the need to not

abruptly stop therapy as this can lead to
151
PHARMACOLOGY
rebound hypertension and myocardial

infarction.
Calcium-channel blockers amlodipine Norvasc

Calcium-channel blockers are drugs which Diltiazem, Diltiazem
block heart contraction by inhibiting diltiazem SR
movement of calcium ions, thereby altering
arterial and cardiac muscle action nicardipine Cardene
potentials.
nifedipine Adalat, Procardia
Monitor blood pressure and heart rate and

rhythm to detect possible development of
adverse effects.
Provide comfort measures for the patient to

tolerate side effects (e.g. small frequent
meals for nausea, limiting noise and
controlling room light and temperature to
verapamil Calan, Isoptin
prevent aggravation of stress which can
increase demand to the heart, etc.)
Educate client on measures to avoid

angina attacks (e.g. diet changes, rest
periods, etc.)
Emphasize to the client the importance of

strict adherence to drug therapy to ensure
maximum therapeutic effects.
Others:
Piperazineacetamides ranolazine Ranexa
Nonnitrate coronary vasodilators dipyridamole Persantine
Antiarrhythmics address arrhythmia by altering cells’ automaticity and conductivity.
152
PHARMACOLOGY
• All cells in the heart are capable of undergoing spontaneous contractions

(automaticity). Therefore, these cells are capable of generating excitatory
impulses.
• Disruptions in the conduction of these impulses affect contractility of the
heart as well as the volume of blood pumped by the heart each minute (cardiac
output).
• Arrhythmia is the term applied for disruptions that interfere with generation
of impulses and conduction of these impulses to the myocardium.
Diuretics
Renal handling of sodium and water
To understand the action of diuretics, it is first necessary to review how the kidney
filters fluid and forms urine. The following discussion and accompanying illustration
provide a simple overview of how the kidney handles water and electrolytes.
As blood flows through the kidney, it passes into glomerular capillaries located within
the cortex (outer zone of the kidney). These glomerular capillaries are highly permeable
to water and electrolytes. Glomerular capillary hydrostatic pressure drives (filters) water
and electrolytes into Bowman's space and into the proximal convoluting tubule (PCT).
About 20% of the plasma that enters the glomerular capillaries is filtered (termed filtration
fraction). The PCT, which lies within the cortex , is the site of sodium, water and
bicarbonate transport from the filtrate (urine), across the tubule wall, and into the
interstitium of the cortex. About 65-70% of the filtered sodium is removed from the urine
found within the PCT (this is termed sodium reabsorption). This sodium is reabsorbed
isosmotically, meaning that every molecule of sodium that is reabsorbed is accompanied
by a molecule of water. As the tubule dives into the medulla, or middle zone of the kidney,
the tubule becomes narrower and forms a loop (Loop of Henle) that reenters the cortex
as the thick ascending limb (TAL) that travels back to near the glomerulus. Because the
interstitium of the medulla is very hyperosmotic and the Loop of Henle is permeable to
water, water is reabsorbed from the Loop of Henle and into the medullary interstitium.
This loss of water concentrates the urine within the Loop of Henle.
153
PHARMACOLOGY
The TAL, which is impermeable to water, has a cotransport system that reabsorbs
sodium, potassium and chloride at a ratio of 1:1:2. Approximately 25% of the sodium load
of the original filtrate is reabsorbed at the TAL. From the TAL, the urine flows into the
distal convoluting tubule (DCT), which is another site of sodium transport (~5% via a
sodium-chloride cotransporter) into the cortical interstitium (the DCT is also impermeable
to water). Finally, the tubule dives back into the medulla as the collecting duct and then
into the renal pelvis where it joins with other collecting ducts to exit the kidney as the
ureter. The distal segment of the DCT and the upper collecting duct has a transporter that
reabsorbs sodium (about 1-2% of filtered load) in exchange for potassium and hydrogen
ion, which are excreted into the urine. It is important to note two things about this
transporter. First, its activity is dependent on the tubular concentration of sodium, so that
when sodium is high, more sodium is reabsorbed and more potassium and hydrogen ion
are excreted. Second, this transporter is regulated by aldosterone, which is a
mineralocorticoid hormone secreted by the adrenal cortex. Increased aldosterone
stimulates the reabsorption of sodium, which also increases the loss of potassium and
hydrogen ion to the urine. Finally, water is reabsorbed in the collected duct through
special pores that are regulated by antidiuretic hormone, which is released by the
posterior pituitary. ADH increases the permeability of the collecting duct to water, which
leads to increased water reabsorption, a more concentrated urine and reduced urine
outflow (antidiuresis). Nearly all of the sodium originally filtered is reabsorbed by the
kidney, so that less than 1% of originally filtered sodium remains in the final urine.
Mechanisms of diuretic drugs
Diuretic drugs increase urine output by the kidney (i.e., promote diuresis). This is
accomplished by altering how the kidney handles sodium. If the kidney excretes more
sodium, then water excretion will also increase. Most diuretics produce diuresis by
inhibiting the reabsorption of sodium at different segments of the renal tubular system.
Sometimes a combination of two diuretics is given because this can be significantly more
effective than either compound alone (synergistic effect). The reason for this is that one
154
PHARMACOLOGY
nephron segment can compensate for altered sodium reabsorption at another nephron
segment; therefore, blocking multiple nephron sites significantly enhances efficacy.
Loop diuretics inhibit the sodium-potassium-chloride cotransporter in the thick

ascending limb (see above figure). This transporter normally reabsorbs about
25% of the sodium load; therefore, inhibition of this pump can lead to a significant
increase in the distal tubular concentration of sodium, reduced hypertonicity of
the surrounding interstitium, and less water reabsorption in the collecting duct.
This altered handling of sodium and water leads to both diuresis (increased
water loss) and natriuresis (increased sodium loss). By acting on the thick
ascending limb, which handles a significant fraction of sodium reabsorption, loop
diuretics are very powerful diuretics. These drugs also induce renal synthesis of
prostaglandins, which contributes to their renal action including the increase in
renal blood flow and redistribution of renal cortical blood flow.
Thiazide diuretics, which are the most commonly used diuretic, inhibit the
sodium-chloride transporter in the distal tubule. Because this transporter
normally only reabsorbs about 5% of filtered sodium, these diuretics are less
efficacious than loop diuretics in producing diuresis and natriuresis.
Nevertheless, they are sufficiently powerful to satisfy many therapeutic needs
requiring a diuretic. Their mechanism depends on renal prostaglandin
production.
Because loop and thiazide diuretics increase sodium delivery to the distal
segment of the distal tubule, this increases potassium loss (potentially
causing hypokalemia) because the increase in distal tubular sodium
concentration stimulates the aldosterone-sensitive sodium pump to increase
sodium reabsorption in exchange for potassium and hydrogen ion, which are lost
to the urine. The increased hydrogen ion loss can lead to metabolic alkalosis.
Part of the loss of potassium and hydrogen ion by loop and thiazide diuretics
results from activation of the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system that occurs
because of reduced blood volume and arterial pressure. Increased aldosterone
stimulates sodium reabsorption and increases potassium and hydrogen ion
excretion into the urine.
There is a third class of diuretic that is referred to as potassium-sparing

diuretics. Unlike loop and thiazide diuretics, some of these drugs do not act
directly on sodium transport. Some drugs in this class antagonize the actions of
aldosterone (aldosterone receptor antagonists) at the distal segment of the
distal tubule. This causes more sodium (and water) to pass into the collecting
duct and be excreted in the urine. They are called K+-sparing diuretics because
they do not produce hypokalemia like the loop and thiazide diuretics. The reason
for this is that by inhibiting aldosterone-sensitive sodium reabsorption, less
potassium and hydrogen ion are exchanged for sodium by this transporter and
therefore less potassium and hydrogen are lost to the urine. Other potassium-
sparing diuretics directly inhibit sodium channels associated with the
aldosterone-sensitive sodium pump, and therefore have similar effects on
potassium and hydrogen ion as the aldosterone antagonists. Their mechanism
depends on renal prostaglandin production. Because this class of diuretic has
relatively weak effects on overall sodium balance, they are often used in
conjunction with thiazide or loop diuretics to help prevent hypokalemia.
Carbonic anhydrase inhibitors inhibit the transport of bicarbonate out of the

proximal convoluted tubule into the interstitium, which leads to less sodium
reabsorption at this site and therefore greater sodium, bicarbonate and water
loss in the urine. These are the weakest of the diuretics and seldom used in
cardiovascular disease. Their main use is in the treatment of glaucoma.
155
PHARMACOLOGY
Cardiovascular effects of diuretics
Through their effects on sodium and water balance, diuretics decrease blood volume and
venous pressure. This decreases cardiac filling (preload) and, by the Frank-Starling
mechanism, decreases ventricular stroke volume and cardiac output, which leads to a fall
in arterial pressure. The decrease in venous pressure reduces capillary hydrostatic
pressure, which decreases capillary fluid filtration and promotes capillary fluid
reabsorption, thereby reducing edema if present. There is some evidence that loop
diuretics cause venodilation, which can contribute to the lowering of venous pressure.
Long-term use of diuretics results in a fall in systemic vascular resistance (by unknown
mechanisms) that helps to sustain the reduction in arterial pressure.
Therapeutic Uses
Hypertension
Most patients with hypertension, of which 90-95% have hypertension of unknown origin
(primary or essential hypertension), are effectively treated with diuretics. Antihypertensive
therapy with diuretics is particularly effective when coupled with reduced dietary sodium
intake. The efficacy of these drugs is derived from their ability to reduce blood volume,
cardiac output, and with long-term therapy, systemic vascular resistance. Thiazide
diuretics, particularly chlorthalidone, are considered "first-line therapy" for stage 1
hypertension. Potassium-sparing, aldosterone-blocking diuretics (e.g., spironolactone or
eplerenone) are used in secondary hypertension caused by primary hyperaldosteronism,
and sometimes as an adjunct to thiazide treatment in primary hypertension to prevent
hypokalemia.
Heart failure
Heart failure leads to activation of the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system, which

causes increased sodium and water retention by the kidneys. This in turn increases blood
volume and contributes to the elevated venous pressures associated with heart failure,
which can lead to pulmonary and systemic edema. The primary use for diuretics in heart
failure is to reduce pulmonary and/or systemic congestion and edema, and associated
clinical symptoms (e.g., shortness of breath - dyspnea). Long-term treatment with
diuretics may also reduce the afterload on the heart by promoting systemic vasodilation,
which can lead to improved ventricular ejection.
Most patients in heart failure are prescribed a loop diuretic because they are more
effective in unloading sodium and water than thiazide diuretics. In mild heart failure, a
thiazide diuretic may be used. Potassium-sparing, aldosterone-blocking diuretics (e.g.,
spironolactone) are being used increasingly in heart failure.
Pulmonary and systemic edema
Capillary hydrostatic pressure and therefore capillary fluid filtration is strongly influenced
by venous pressure. Therefore, diuretics, by reducing blood volume and venous pressure,
lower capillary hydrostatic pressure, which reduces net capillary fluid filtration and tissue
edema. Because left ventricular failure can cause life-threatening pulmonary edema,
most heart failure patients are treated with a loop diuretic to prevent or reduce pulmonary
edema. Diuretics may also be used to treat leg edema caused by right-sided heart failure
or venous insufficiency in the limb.
156
PHARMACOLOGY
Class Class
Thiazide chlorothiazide Loop bumetanide
chlorthalidone ethacrynic acid
hydrochlorothiazide furosemide
hydroflumethiazide torsemide
indapamide K+-sparing amiloride
methyclothiazide eplerenone
metolazone spironolactone
polythiazide triamterene
CA inhibitors acetazolamide
dichlorphenamide
methazolamide
Adverse Side Effects and Contraindications
The most important and frequent problem with thiazide and loop diuretics is hypokalemia.
This sometimes requires treatment with potassium supplements or with a potassium-
sparing diuretic. A potentially serious side effect of potassium-sparing diuretics is
hyperkalemia. Other side effects and drug interactions are list below:
Class Adverse Side Effects Drug Interactions
• hypokalemia
• metabolic alkalosis • hypokalemia
• dehydration potentiates digitalis
(hypovolemia), leading toxicity
to hypotension • non-steroidal anti-
• hyponatremia inflammatory drugs:
• hyperglycemia in reduced diuretic
Thiazide diabetics efficacy
• hypercholesterolemia; • beta-blockers:
hypertriglyceridemia potentiate
• increased low-density hyperglycemia,
lipoproteins hyperlipidemias
• hyperuricemia (at low • corticosteroids:
doses) enhance
• azotemia (in renal hypokalemia
disease patients)
157
PHARMACOLOGY
• hypokalemia
potentiates digitalis
• hypokalemia toxicity
• metabolic alkalosis • non-steroidal anti-
• hypomagnesemia inflammatory drugs:
• hyperuricemia reduced diuretic
Loop • dehydration efficacy
(hypovolemia), leading • corticosteroids:
to hypotension enhance
• dose-related hearing hypokalemia
loss (ototoxicity) • aminoglycosides:
enhance ototoxicity,
nephrotoxicity
• hyperkalemia • ACE inhibitors:
• metabolic acidosis potentiate
• gynecomastia hyperkalemia
K+-sparing (aldosterone • non-steroidal anti-
antagonists) inflammatory drugs:
• gastric problems reduced diuretic
including peptic ulcer efficacy
Carbonic
anhydrase • hypokalemia
inhibitors • metabolic acidosis
Anti hypertensives
Antihypertensive drugs affect different areas of blood pressure control so in most cases,
these agents are combined for synergistic effect.
Ninety percent of cases of hypertension have no known cause. Therefore, the main action
of antihypertensive agents is to alter the body’s regulating mechanisms (e.g.
baroreceptors, renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system, etc.) responsible for maintaining
normal blood pressure.
To better understand hypertension, let us review the physiology of blood pressure in

through a short video in this link:
158
PHARMACOLOGY
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=M0vpn6YVwiI
Here is a table of commonly encountered antihypertensive drugs, their generic names,

and brand names:
Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme (ACE) benazepril Lotensin

Inhibitors
captopril Capoten
act in the lungs to prevent the
conversion of angiotensin I into enalapril Vasotec IV
angiotensin II, which is a potent
vasoconstrictor. quinapril Accupril
Angiotensin II-Receptor Blockers irbesartan Avapro

(ARBs)
losartan Cozaar
agents that exert their action by
blocking vasoconstriction and release telmisartan Micardis
of aldosterone through selective
blocking of angiotensin II receptors in
vascular smooth muscles and adrenal valsartan Diovan
cortex.
Calcium-channel blockers amlodipine Norvasc

decrease blood pressure, cardiac diltiazem Diltiazem
workload, and myocardial consumption
of oxygen. nicardipine Cardene
Since these drugs can significantly nifedipine Adalat, Procardia
decrease cardiac workload, they are
effective in treatment of angina. verapamil Calan, Isoptin
hydralazine Apresoline
Vasodilators
used when the previous drugs minoxidil Loniten
mentioned are not effective.
nitropruisside Nitropress
159
PHARMACOLOGY
These antihypertensive agents are

reserved for severe hypertension and
hypertensive emergencies.
Others:
Renin inhibitor aliskiren Tekturna
Drugs Affecting Coagulation (Anticoagulants, Antiplatelets, Thrombolytics)

These groups of drugs affect clot formation and resolution by hindering different steps
in clotting formation which include altering the formation of platelet plug (antiplatelet
drugs), interfering the clotting cascade and thrombin formation (anticoagulant drugs), and
stimulating the plasmin system to break down the formed clot (thrombolytic agents).
Coagulation Drugs: Generic and Brand Names
Here is a table of commonly encountered antiplatelet, anticoagulant, and thrombolytic

agents, their generic names, and brand names:
Aspro Clear,
aspirin
Disprin
Antiplatelet agents cilostazol Pletal
dipyridamole Persantine
tirofiban Aggrastat
warfarin Coumadin
Anticoagulants dabigatran Pradaxa
rivaroxaban Xarelto
alteplase Activase
reteplase Retavase
Thrombolytic Agents
tenecteplase TNKase
urokinase Abbokinase
Others:
160
PHARMACOLOGY
dalteparin Fragmin
Low-molecular weight
enoxaparin Lovenox
heparins
tinzaparin Innohep
lepirudin Refludan
Anticoagulant adjunctive
protamine sulfate
therapy
vitamin K
Hemorrheologic agent pentoxifylline Trental
Disease Spotlight: Thromboembolic and Hemorrhagic Disorders
Disorders that directly affect coagulation process are divided into two main categories: 1)
thromboembolic disorders, which involve overproduction of clots; and
2) hemorrhagic disorders, which is characterized by ineffective clotting process leading
to excessive bleeding.
Thromboembolic disorders include medical conditions (e.g. CAD) which involve

overproduction of clots which result into decreased blood flow and total vessel occlusion.
Manifestations include hypoxia, anoxia, and even necrosis. These disorders are treated
by drugs that interfere with normal coagulation process to prevent formation of clots.
On the other hand, less common hemorrhagic disorders is characterized by excessive

bleeding. These are treated by drugs that promote the clotting process. Some of these
conditions include:
• Hemophilia: characterized by genetic lack of clotting factors

• Liver disease: characterized by non-production of proteins and clotting factors
necessary for clot formation
• Bone marrow disorders: characterized by insufficient quantity of platelets
rendering them ineffective
Antiplatelet Agents
• This drug class exerts its action by decreasing the responsiveness of platelets
to stimuli that cause it to clump or aggregate. Through this, formation of platelet
plug is decreased.
Therapeutic Action
• By blocking receptor sites on the platelet membrane, platelet adhesion and

aggregation is inhibited.
• Also, platelet-platelet interaction as well as interaction of platelets to clotting
chemicals are prevented.
161
PHARMACOLOGY
Indications
• Primarily indicated for cardiovascular diseases that have potential for

development of vessel occlusion.
• Other indications include maintenance of arterial and venous grafts, preventing
cerebrovascular occlusion, and including them as adjunct to thrombolytic
therapy for treatment of myocardial infarction.
• One drug, anagrelide, blocks the production of platelets in the bone marrow.
Children
• Only heparin and warfarin are indicated for children but these drugs alone
require careful dose calculation.
Adults
• Caution is particularly important to prevent injury (e.g. using electric razor and
soft-bristled toothbrush).
• It is also important that adults are educated on what to do should bleeding
occurs (e.g. applying firm pressure) as well as what signs of bleeding should be
watched out for.
• Other drugs taken should be documented because there are a lot of drug
interactions with these drug class. It should also be emphasized that periodic
blood tests is expected to monitor the effect of therapy.
Pregnant women
• For pregnant women, it is not advisable unless the benefit to the mother would
clearly outweigh the risk for the fetus. On the other hand, for lactating women,
it is generally inadvisable.
Older adults
• Are more susceptible to drug toxicity and drug-to-drug interactions.

• Careful monitoring of liver and kidney function is important for this age group.
• Therapy is always started at the lowest level possible and adjusted accordingly.
Pharmacokinetics
Oral 5-30 min 0.25-2 h 3-6 h
T1/2: 15 min – 12 h
Metabolism: liver
Excretion: bile
162
PHARMACOLOGY
• Allergy to antiplatelet agents. Prevent severe hypersensitivity reactions.

• Known bleeding disorder. Increased risk of excessive blood loss
• Recent surgery. Increased risk of bleeding in unhealed blood vessels
• Closed head injuries. Increased risk of bleeding in injured blood vessels of
the brain
• History of thrombocytopenia. Anagrelide decreased bone marrow
production of platelets.
• Pregnancy, lactation. Generally inadvisable because of potential adverse
effects to fetus or neonate
Adverse Effects
• CNS: headache, dizziness, weakness

• GI: GI distress, nausea
• Skin: skin rash
• Hema: bleeding (oftenly occurs while brushing the teeth)
Interactions
• Increased risk of bleeding if combined with another drug that affects blood
clotting.
Here are important nursing considerations when administering antiplatelet agents:
Nursing Assessment
• Assess for the mentioned contraindications to this drug (e.g. hypersensitivity,

acute liver disease, pregnancy etc.) to prevent potential adverse effects.
establish baseline status, determine effectivity of therapy, and evaluate
potential adverse effects.
• Obtain baseline status for complete blood count and clotting studies to
determine any potential adverse effects.
Nursing Diagnoses
Here are some of the nursing diagnoses that can be formulated in the use of this drug
for therapy:
163
PHARMACOLOGY
• Disturbed sensory perception related to CNS effects

• Acute pain related to CNS and GI effects
• Risk for injury related to CNS effects and bleeding tendencies
These are vital nursing interventions done in patients who are taking antiplatelet agents:
• Administer drug with meals to relieve GI upset.

• Provide comfort measures for headache because pain due to headache may
decrease patient compliance to treatment regimen.
• Educate patient on ways to promote safety like using electric razor, soft-
bristled toothbrush, and cautious movement because any injury at this point
can precipitate bleeding.
Evaluation
therapy:
• Monitor patient response to therapy (e.g. increased bleeding time, prevention

of occlusive events).
• Monitor for adverse effects (e.g. bleeding, headache, GI upset).
Anticoagulants
By interfering with clotting cascade and thrombin formation, anticoagulants are

able to interfere with the normal clotting process.
Therapeutic Action
• Warfarin, an oral agent in this class, reduces Vitamin K-dependent clotting

factors. As a result, clotting process is prolonged.
• Two new oral agents, dabigatran and rivaroxaban, directly inhibits thrombin
(last step in clotting process) and factor Xa, respectively.
• Heparin and antithrombin block formation of thrombin from prothrombin.
164
PHARMACOLOGY
Indications
• Among the many indications for this drug class include: stroke and systemic
emboli risk reduction, nonvalvular atrial fibrillation, and deep vein thrombosis.
• Heparin is used for prevention of blood clots in blood samples, dialysis, and
venous tubing. It also does not enter breastmilk so it is the anticoagulant of
choice for lactating women.
• Antithrombin is a naturally-occurring anticoagulant and is a natural safety
feature in the clotting system.
Children
• Only heparin and warfarin are indicated for children but these drugs alone
require careful dose calculation.
Adults
occurs (e.g. applying firm pressure) as well as what signs of bleeding should
be watched out for.
interactions with these drug class. It should also be emphasized that periodic
blood tests is expected to monitor the effect of therapy.
Pregnant women
clearly outweigh the risk for the fetus. On the other hand, for lactating women,
it is generally inadvisable.
Older adults

• Therapy is always started at the lowest level possible and adjusted
accordingly.
Pharmacokinetics
IV Immediate Minutes 2-6 h
Subcutaneous 20-60 min 2-4 h 8-12 h
T1/2: 30-180 min

Metabolism: cells
Excretion: urine
165
PHARMACOLOGY
• Allergy to anticoagulants. Prevent severe hypersensitivity reactions.

• Known bleeding disorder, recent trauma/surgery, presence of indwelling
catheters, threatened abortion, GI ulcers. These conditions can be
compromised by increased bleeding tendencies.
• Pregnancy, lactation. Warfarin is a contraindication.
Adverse Effects
• Warfarin is associated with alopecia, dermatitis, bone marrow depression, and

less frequently with prolonged and painful erections.
• Direct drug toxicity is characterized by nausea, GI upset, diarrhea, and
hepatic dysfunction.
Interactions
• Anticoagulants, salicylates, penicillin, cephalosporin: increased bleeding if

combined with heparin
• Nitroglycerin: decreased anticoagulation if combined with heparin
• Cimetidine, clofibrate, glucagon, erythromycin: increased bleeding if combined
with warfarin
• Vitamin K, phenytoin, rifampin, barbiturates: decreased anticoagulation if
combined with warfarin
• Antifungals, erythromycin, phenytoin, rifampin: alteration in metabolism of
dabigatran and rivaroxaban
Here are important nursing considerations when administering anticoagulants:
Nursing Assessment

acute liver disease, pregnancy etc.) to prevent potential adverse effects.
• Obtain baseline status for complete blood count and clotting studies to
determine any potential adverse effects.
166
PHARMACOLOGY
Nursing Diagnoses
Here are some of the nursing diagnoses that can be formulated in the use of this drug
for therapy:
• Ineffective tissue perfusion related to blood loss

• Disturbed body image related to direct drug toxicity characterized by rash and
alopecia
• Risk for injury related to bleeding tendencies and bone marrow depression
These are vital nursing interventions done in patients who are taking anticoagulants:
• Assess for signs signifying blood loss (e.g. petechiae, bruises, dark-colored
stools, etc.) to determine therapy effectiveness and promote prompt
intervention for bleeding episodes.
• Establish safety precautions (e.g. raising side rails, ensuring adequate room
lighting, padding sides of bed, etc.) to protect patient from injury.
• Maintain antidotes on bedside (e.g. protamine sulfate for heparin, Vitamin K for
warfarin) to promptly treat drug overdose.
• Evaluate effectiveness by monitoring the following blood tests: prothrombin time
(PT) and international normalized ratio (INR) for warfarin; and whole blood
clotting time (WBCT) and activated partial thromboplastin time (APTT) for
heparin.
Evaluation
therapy:
• Monitor patient response to therapy (e.g. increased bleeding time)

• Monitor for adverse effects (e.g. bleeding, bone marrow depression, alopecia,
etc.).
167
PHARMACOLOGY
Thrombolytic Agents
• Thrombolytic agents promote clot resolution, the process of activating the

plasmin system to break down the thrombus or clot that has been formed.
Therapeutic Action
• The conversion of plasminogen to plasmin is the body’s natural anticlotting

system. Thrombolytic agents’ action to activate this promotes breakdown of
fibrin threads and dissolution of formed clots.
• It is necessary to prevent vessel occlusion and therefore, to deliver adequate
blood flow to body systems.
Indications
• For treatment of acute MI, pulmonary embolism, and acute ischemic stroke.
• Also for clearing of occluded intravenous catheters and central venous access
devices.
Children
• Not indicated for this age group.

Adults
occurs (e.g. applying firm pressure) as well as what signs of bleeding should be
watched out for.
interactions with these drug class.
• It should also be emphasized that periodic blood tests is expected to monitor
the effect of therapy.
Pregnant women
clearly outweigh the risk for the fetus.
• On the other hand, for lactating women, it is generally inadvisable.
Older adults

168
PHARMACOLOGY
• Therapy is always started at the lowest level possible and adjusted accordingly.
Pharmacokinetics
IV Immediate End of injection N/A
T1/2: unknown
Metabolism: plasma
Excretion: unknown
• Allergy to thrombolytics. Prevent severe hypersensitivity reactions.

• Known bleeding disorder, recent trauma/surgery, acute liver
disease, cerebrovascular accident within 2 months, GI ulcers. These
conditions can affect normal clotting factors and normal plasminogen
production.
• Pregnancy, lactation. Potential adverse effects to fetus or neonate.
Adverse Effects
• CV: cardiac arrhythmias, hypotension

• Hema: bleeding (most common)
• Hypersensitivity reaction (uncommon) is characterized by rash, flushing, and
bronchospasm.
Interactions
• Anticoagulant, antiplatelet: increased risk of bleeding
Here are important nursing considerations when administering thrombolytics:
Nursing Assessment

acute liver disease, CVA within 2 months, etc.) to prevent potential adverse
effects.
169
PHARMACOLOGY
• Obtain baseline status for complete blood count, fecal occult blood test (FOBT),
and clotting studies to determine any potential adverse effects.
Nursing Diagnoses
therapy:
• Decreased cardiac output related to cardiac arrhythmias and potential for

bleeding
• Risk for injury related to clot-dissolving effects
These are vital nursing interventions done in patients who are taking thrombolytics:
• Assess for signs signifying blood loss (e.g. petechiae, bruises, dark-colored
stools, etc.) to determine therapy effectiveness and promote prompt
intervention for bleeding episodes.
• Establish safety precautions (e.g. raising side rails, ensuring adequate room
lighting, padding sides of bed, etc.) to protect patient from injury.
• Evaluate effectiveness by monitoring coagulation studies to adjust drug dose
appropriately.
Evaluation
therapy:
• Monitor patient response to therapy (e.g. dissolution of blood clot and return of
blood flow)
• Monitor for adverse effects (e.g. bleeding, anemias, hypotension, etc.).
Chapter 22
Gastrointestinal Drugs
170
PHARMACOLOGY
Antacids are used to chemically react with and neutralize the acid in the stomach. They
can provide rapid relief from increased acid levels. They are known to cause GI alterations
such as diarrhea or constipation and can alter the absorption of many drugs.
Antacids: Generic and Brand Names
Here is a list of the most commonly encountered antacids and their brand names.
Classification Generic name Brand name
aluminum salts AlternaGEL
calcium salts Oystercal, Tums
Antacids magaldrate Losopan, Riopan
magnesium salts Milk of Magnesia, others
sodium bicarbonate Bell-ans
Disease Spotlight: Ulcer Disease
Erosions in the lining of the stomach and adjacent areas of the GI tract are
called peptic ulcer.
• Ulcer patients present with a predictable description of gnawing,

burning pain often occurring a few hours after meals.
• Many of the drugs that are used to affect GI secretions are designed to
prevent, treat, or aid in the healing of these ulcers.
• Further research led many to believe that, because acid production was often
normal in ulcer patients, ulcers were caused by a defect in the mucous lining
that coats the inner lumen of the stomach to protect it from acid and digestive
enzymes.
• Treatment was aimed at improving the balance between the acid produced
and the mucous layer that protects the stomach lining.
What are antacids?
Antacids are a group of inorganic chemicals that neutralize stomach acid.
• Antacids are available OTC, and many patients use them to self-treat a variety
of GI symptoms.
• The choice of an antacid depends on adverse effects and absorption factors.
171
PHARMACOLOGY
Therapeutic actions
The desired actions of antacids include the following:
• Neutralize stomach acid by direct chemical reaction.

• Symptomatic relief of an upset stomach associated with hyperacidity, as well
as the hyperacidity associated with peptic ulcer, gastritis, peptic esophagitis,
gastric hyperacidity, and hiatal hernia.
Indication
Antacids are indicated for the following:
• Symptomatic relief of GI hyperacidity, treatment of hyperphosphatemia,

prevention of formation of phosphate urinary stones.
• Treatment of calcium deficiency, prevention of hypocalcemia.
• Prophylaxis of stress ulcers, relief of constipation.
Pharmacokinetics
Many of these antacids are available in combination forms to take advantage of the
acid-neutralizing effect and block adverse effects.
Oral Rapid 30 min 1-3h
IV Immediate Rapid Unknown
T 1/2: Unknown
Excretion: Unchanged in urine
The following are contraindications and cautions when using antacids:
• Allergy. The antacids are contraindicated in the presence of any

known allergy to antacid products or any component of the drug to prevent
hypersensitivity reactions.
• Co-morbidities. Caution should be used in the following instances: any
condition that can be exacerbated by electrolyte or acid-based imbalance to
prevent exacerbations and serious adverse effects; any electrolyte imbalance ,
172
PHARMACOLOGY
which could be exacerbated by the electrolyte-changing effects of these drugs;

GI obstruction which could cause systemic absorption of the drugs and increase
adverse effects; renal dysfunction, which could lead to electrolyte disturbance
if any absorbed antacid is neutralized properly.
• Pregnancy and lactation. Antacids are contraindicated for pregnant and
lactating women because of the potential for adverse effects on the fetus or
neonate.
Adverse effects
Adverse effects when using antacids include:
• GI: Gastric rupture.

• Systemic alkalosis: headache, nausea, irritability, weakness,
tetany, confusion.
• Misc: Hypokalemia.
Interactions
Antacids can greatly affect the absorption of drugs from the GI tract.
• Alkalinity. Most drugs are prepared for an acidic environment, and an alkaline
environment can prevent them from being broken down for absorption or can
actually neutralize them so that they cannot be absorbed.
Nursing considerations
Nursing considerations for a patient using antacids include the following:
Nursing Assessment
History taking and physical exam in a patient using antacids include:
• Assess for possible contraindications and cautions: any history of allergy to

antacids to prevent hypersensitivity reactions; renal dysfunction, which might
interfere with the drug’s excretion; electrolyte disturbances, which could be
exacerbated by effects of the drug; and current status of pregnancy or lactation
due to possible effects on the fetus or newborn.
• Perform a physical examination to establish baseline data before beginning
therapy, determine the effectiveness of the therapy, and evaluate for any
potential adverse effects associated with the drug.
• Inspect the abdomen; auscultate bowel sounds to ensure GI motility.
• Assess mucous membrane status to evaluate potential problems with
absorption and hydration.
173
PHARMACOLOGY
• Monitor laboratory test results, including serum electrolyte levels and renal
function tests, to monitor for adverse effects of the drug and potential alterations
in excretion that may necessitate dose adjustment.
Nursing diagnoses related to drug therapy might include the following:
• Diarrhea related to GI effects.

• Risk for constipation related to GI effects.
• Imbalanced nutrition: less than body requirements related to GI effects.
• Risk for imbalanced fluid volume related to systemic effects.
The nursing interventions for patients using antacids are:
• Adequate drug absorption. Administer the drug apart from any other oral
medications approximately 1 hour before or 2 hours after to ensure adequate
absorption of the other medications.
• Ensure therapeutic levels. Have the patient chew tablets thoroughly and follow
with water to ensure that therapeutic levels reach the stomach to decrease
acidity.
• Perform diagnostic testing. Obtain specimens for periodic monitoring of
serum electrolytes to evaluate drug effects.
• Prevent imbalances. Assess the patient for any signs of acid-base or
electrolyte imbalance to ensure early detection and prompt interventions.
• Institute a bowel program. Monitor the patient for diarrhea or constipation to
institute a bowel program before severe effects occur.
• Ensure adequate nutritional status. Monitor the patient’s nutritional status if
diarrhea is severe or constipation leads to decreased food intake to ensure
adequate fluid and nutritional intake to promote healing and GI stability.
• Educate the patient. Provide thorough patient teaching, including the drug
name and prescribed dose, schedule for administration, signs and symptoms
of adverse effects and measures to prevent or minimize them, warning signs
that may indicate possible problems and the need to notify the health care
provider immediately.
Evaluation
Evaluation of a patient using antacids include:
• Monitor patient response to the drug (relief of GI symptoms caused by

hyperacidity).
174
PHARMACOLOGY
• Monitor for adverse effects (GI effects, imbalances in serum electrolytes, and
acid-base status).
• Evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching plan (patient can name the drug
and dosage, as well as describe the adverse effects to watch for, specific
measures to avoid them, and measures to take to increase the effectiveness
of the drug).
• Monitor the effectiveness of comfort measures and compliance with the
regimen.
Histamine-2 Antagonist
Histamine-2 (H2) receptor antagonists block the release of acid in response to gastrin or
parasympathetic release.Here is a table of the most commonly used H2 antagonists.
• These drugs include cimetidine (Tagamet), ranitidine (Zantac), famotidine

(Pepcid), and nizatidine (Axid).
cimetidine Tagamet
ranitidine Zantac
Histamine-2 antagonists
famotidine Pepcid
nizatidine Axid
Therapeutic actions
The desired actions of H2 antagonists include the following:
• Selectively block H2 receptors located on the parietal cells.

• Prevents the release of gastrin, a hormone that causes local release of
histamine (due to stimulation of histamine receptors), ultimately blocking the
production of hydrochloric acid.
• Decreases pepsin production by the chief cells.
Indication
Histamine-2 antagonists are indicated for the following:
• Short-term treatment of active duodenal ulcer or benign gastric ulcer.

• Treatment of pathological hypersecretory conditions such as Zollinger-Ellison
syndrome (blocking the overproduction of hydrochloric acid that is associated
with these conditions).
• Prophylaxis of stress-induced ulcers and acute upper GI bleeding in critical
patients (blocking the production of acid protects the stomach lining, which is
175
PHARMACOLOGY
at risk because of decreased mucus production associated with extreme

stress).
• Treatment of erosive gastroesophageal reflux (decreasing the acid being
regurgitated into the esophagus will promote healing and decrease pain).
• Relief of symptoms of heartburn, acid indigestion, and sour stomach.
Pharmacokinetics
Cimetidine, ranitidine, and famotidine are available in oral and parenteral forms
Oral Varies 1-1.5 h 4-5 h
IM, IV Rapid 1-1.5 h 4-5 h
T 1/2: 2 hours
Metabolization: Liver
Excretion: Urine
The contraindications and cautions when using H2 antagonists include:
• Allergy. The H2 antagonists should not be used with known allergy to any
drugs of this class to prevent hypersensitivity reactions.
• Pregnancy or lactation. Caution should be used during pregnancy or lactation
because of the potential for adverse effects on the fetus or nursing baby.
• Hepatic or renal dysfunction. Caution should be used in patients with hepatic
or renal dysfunction, which could interfere with drug metabolism and
excretion.
• Prolonged or continual use. Care should also be taken if prolonged or
continual use of these drugs is necessary because they may be masking
serious underlying conditions.
Adverse effects
The adverse effects associated with H2 antagonists are:
• CNS: Dizziness, confusion, headache, somnolence.

• Cardio: Cardiac arrhythmias, cardiac arrest.
• GI: Diarrhea.
• Reproductive: Impotence.
• Skin: Rash.
176
PHARMACOLOGY
• Misc: Gynecomastia.
Interactions
Cimetidine, famotidine, and ranitidine can slow down the metabolism of the following
drugs, leading to increased serum levels and possible toxic reactions:
• Warfarin.
• Anti-coagulants.
• Phenytoin.
• Beta-adrenergic blockers.
• Alcohol.
• Quinidine.
• Lidocaine.
• Theophylline.
• Chloroquine.
• Benzodiazepines.
• Nifedipine.
• Pentoxifylline.
• TCAs.
• Procainamide.
• Carbamazepine.
Nursing considerations for a patient using H2 antagonists include the following:
Nursing Assessment
Nursing assessment for a patient using H2 antagonists include:
• Assess for possible contraindications and cautions: history of allergy to any

H2 antagonists to prevent potential allergic reactions; impaired renal or
hepatic function, which could affect the metabolism and excretion of the drug;
a detailed description of the GI problem, including length of time of the
disorder and medical evaluation to evaluate the appropriate use of the drug
and possibility of underlying medical problems; and current status of
pregnancy and lactation because of the potential for adverse effects on the
fetus or newborn.
therapy, determine effectiveness of the therapy, and evaluate for any adverse
effects associated with drug therapy.
177
PHARMACOLOGY
• Inspect the skin for evidence of lesions or rash to monitor for adverse
reactions.
• Evaluate neurological status, including orientation and affect, to assess CNS
effects of the drug and to plan for protective measures.
• Assess cardiopulmonary status, including pulse, blood pressure, and
electrocardiogram (if IV use is needed), to evaluate the cardiac effects of the
drug.
• Perform abdominal examination, including assessment of the liver, to
establish a baseline and rule out underlying medical problem.
• Monitor the results of laboratory tests, including liver and renal function tests,
to predict changes in metabolism or excretion of the drug that might require
dose adjustment.
Nursing diagnosis related to the drug therapy might include the following:
• Acute pain related to CNS and GI effects.

• Disturbed sensory perception (kinesthetic, auditory) related to CNS effects.
• Decreased cardiac output related to cardiac arrhythmias.
• Risk for injury related to CNS effects.
Nursing interventions for patients using H2 antagonists include:
• Ensure therapeutic levels. Administer drug with or before meals and at

bedtime (exact timing varies with product) to ensure therapeutic levels when
the drug is most needed.
• Prevent serious toxicity. Arrange for decreased dose in cases of hepatic or
renal dysfunction to prevent serious toxicity.
• Monitor IV doses carefully. Monitor the patient continually if giving IV doses to
allow early detection of potentially serious adverse effects, including cardiac
arrythmias
• Assess for potential drug-drug interactions. Assess the patient carefully for
any potential drug-drug interactions if given in combination with other drugs
because of the drugs effects on liver enzyme systems.
• Provide patient’s comfort. Provide comfort, including analgesics, ready to
access bathroom facilities, and assistance with ambulation, to minimize
possible adverse effects.
• Reorient patient thoroughly. Periodically reorient the patient and institute
safety measures if CNS effects occur to ensure patient safety and improve
and improve patient tolerance of the drug and drug effects.
• Attend regular follow-ups. Arrange for regular follow-up to evaluate drug
effects and the underlying problems.
178
PHARMACOLOGY
• Provide support. Offer support and encouragement to help patients cope with
the disease and the drug regimen.
• Educate the client. Provide patient teaching regarding drug name, dosage,
and schedule for administration; importance of spacing administration
appropriately as ordered; need for readily available access to bathroom; signs
and symptoms of adverse effects and measures to minimize or prevent them.
Evaluation
Evaluation of a patient using H2 antagonists include:
• Monitor patient response to the drug (relief of GI symptoms, ulcer healing,

prevention of progression of ulcer).
• Monitor for adverse effects (dizziness, confusion, hallucinations, GI
alterations, cardiac arrhythmias, hypotension, gynecomastia).
• Evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching plan (patient can name drug,
dosage, adverse effects to watch for, and specific measures to avoid them).
• Monitor the effectiveness of comfort measures and compliance with the
regimen.
Proton Pump Inhibitors.
The gastric acid pump or proton pump inhibitors suppress gastric acid secretion by
specifically inhibiting the hydrogen-potassium adenosine triphosphate enzyme system on
the secretory surface of the gastric parietal cells.Here is a table of the most commonly
encountered proton pump inhibitor:
dexlansoprazole Kapidex
esomeprazole Nexium
lansoprazole Prevacid
Proton pump inhibitors
omeprazole Prilosec
pantoprazole Protonix
rabeprazole Aciphex
Disease spotlight: Gastroesophageal Reflux
Gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) occurs when stomach acid frequently flows
back into the tube connecting the mouth and the stomach (esophagus).
179
PHARMACOLOGY
• GERD is a mild acid reflux that occurs at least twice a week, or moderate to
severe acid reflux that occurs at least once a week.
• Common signs and symptoms of GERD include a burning sensation in the
chest (heartburn), usually after eating, which might be worse at night;
chest pain; difficulty swallowing; regurgitation of food or sour liquid; and a
sensation of a lump in your throat.
What are Proton Pump Inhibitors?
Proton pump inhibitors suppress the secretion of hydrochloric acid into the lumen of the
stomach.
Therapeutic actions
The desired actions of antacids include the following:
• Blocks the final step of acid production, lowering the acid levels in the stomach.
• Inhibits the hydrogen-potassium adenosine triphosphate enzyme system on the
secretory surface of the gastric parietal cells.
Indication
Antacids are indicated for the following:
• Treatment and maintenance of erosive esophagitis, treatment of heartburn

associated with GERD.
• Treatment of GERD, severe erosive esophagitis, duodenal ulcers, and
pathological hypersecretory condition.
• Treatment of gastric ulcer.
• Maintenance therapy for healing duodenal ulcers and esophagitis.
• In combination therapy for eradicating Helicobacter pylori infection.
• Approved for use in children for treatment of GERD, peptic ulcer, and Zollinger-
Ellison syndrome.
Pharmacokinetics
Esomeprazole, lansoprazole, and pantoprazole are available in delayed-release oral

forms and as IV preparations; rabeprazole, dexlansoprazole, and omeprazole are
available only in delayed-release oral forms.
180
PHARMACOLOGY
Oral Varies 0.5-3.5h Varies
T 1/2: 30 to 60 mins
Metabolization: Liver
Excretion: Urine and bile
The following are contraindications and cautions when using proton pump inhibitors:
• Allergy. These drugs are contraindicated in the presence of a known allergy to

either the drug or the drug components to prevent hypersensitivity reactions.
• Pregnant or lactating women. Caution should be used in pregnant or lactating
women because of the potential for adverse effects on the fetus or neonate.
• Patients 18 years old and below. The safety and efficacy of these drugs have
not been established for patients younger than 18 years of age, except for
lansoprazole, which is the proton pump inhibitor of choice if one is needed for
a child.
Adverse effects
Adverse effects when using proton pump inhibitors include:
• CNS: Headache, dizziness, vertigo, insomnia.

• Skin: Rash.
• GI: Diarrhea, abdominal pain, nausea, vomiting.
• Respiratory: Upper respiratory infections, cough.
Interactions
Clinically important drug to drug interactions for proton pump inhibitors include the
following drugs:
• Benzodiazepines, phenytoin, warfarin: There is a risk of increased serum

levels and increased toxicity of benzodiazepines, warfarin, and phenytoin if
these are combined with these drugs; patients should be monitored closely.
• Ketoconazole and theophylline. Decreased levels of ketoconazole and
theophylline have been reported when combined with these drugs, leading to
loss of effectiveness.
• Sucralfate. Sucralfate is not absorbed well in the presence of these drugs, and
doses should be spaced at least 30 minutes apart if this combination is used.
181
PHARMACOLOGY
• Clopidogrel. There is an increased risk of cardiovascular events if proton pump

inhibitors are combined with clopidogrel; this combination should be avoided.
Nursing considerations
Nursing considerations when using proton pump inhibitors include the following:
Nursing Assessment
History taking and physical examination of a patient using proton pump inhibitors include:
• Assess for possible contraindications and cautions: history of allergy to a proton

pump inhibitor to reduce the risk of hypersensitivity reaction and current status
of pregnancy or lactation because of the potential for adverse effects on the
fetus or nursing baby.
therapy to determine the effectiveness of the therapy and to evaluate for the
occurrence of any adverse effects associated with drug therapy.
• Inspect the skin for lesions, rash, pruritus, and dryness to identify possible
adverse effects.
• Assess neurological status, including level of orientation, affect and reflexes to
evaluate for CNS effects of the drug.
• Inspect and palpate the abdomen to determine potential underlying medical
conditions; assess for changes in bowel elimination and GI upset to identify
possible adverse effects.
• Assess respiratory status, including respiratory rate and rhythm; note evidence
of cough, hoarseness, and epistaxis, to monitor for potential adverse effects of
the drugs.
Nursing diagnoses related to drug therapy might include the following:
• Diarrhea related to GI effects.

• Risk for constipation related to GI effects.
• Imbalanced nutrition: less than body requirements related to GI effects.
• Disturbed sensory perception (kinesthetic, auditory) related to CNS effects.
• Risk for injury related to CNS effects.
Nursing interventions for patients using proton pump inhibitors include the following:
182
PHARMACOLOGY
• Proper administration. Administer drug before meals to ensure that the patient
does not open, chew, or crush capsules; they should be swallowed whole to
ensure the therapeutic effectiveness of the drug.
• Safety and comfort measures. Provide appropriate safety and comfort
measures if CNS effects occur to prevent patient injury.
• Institute a bowel program. Monitor the patient for diarrhea or constipation in
order to institute an appropriate bowel program as needed.
• Monitor nutritional status. Monitor the patient’s nutritional status; use of small
frequent meals may be helpful if GI upset is a problem.
• Ensure follow-up. Arrange for medical follow-up if symptoms are not resolved
after 4 to 8 weeks of therapy because serious underlying conditions could be
causing the symptoms.
• Educate the patient and folks. Provide thorough patient teaching, including the
drug name and prescribed dosage; the importance of taking the drug whole
without opening, chewing, or crushing it; signs and symptoms of possible
adverse effects and measures to minimize or prevent them.
Evaluation
Evaluation of a patient using proton pump inhibitors include the following:
• Monitor patient response to the drug (relief of GI symptoms caused by

hyperacidity, healing of erosive GI lesions).
• Monitor for adverse effects (GI effects, CNS changes, dermatological effects,
respiratory effects).
• Monitor the effectiveness of comfort and safety measures and compliance with
the regimen.
• Evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching plan (patient can name the drug and
dosage and describe adverse effects to watch for, specific measures to avoid
them, and measures to take to increase the effectiveness of the drug).
183
PHARMACOLOGY
CHAPTER 23
EYE, EAR AND SKIN DRUGS
OBJECTIVE:
To describe the drug groups that are commonly used for the disorders of the eye, ear and skin.
EYE
The eye is consist of different intricate sensory organ which are responsible sight. Vison loss can result
from ocular system injury or disease. Medication is a key role in the asministration of different eye condition
and diseases such as chronic dry-eye, diabetic retinopathy, glaucoma, infection, inflammation, and macular
degeneration. Wherein variety of ophthalmic preparations (topical, parenteral, and oral) are made accessible
for both therapeutic and diagnostic purposes.
The eye has a complex structural anatomy which makes pharmacological treatment a unique challenge. The
cornea comprises of different layers contained hydrophobic and hydrophilic properties which can modify
skin drug retention. Although systemic absorption of ophthalmic agents can occur (mentioned in topics
below), it is typically negligible on the grounds that the eye is separated from the foundational vascular
access because of the blood-retinal, blood-watery, and blood-glassy obstructions
Pharmacology of drugs acting on the eye
Routes of drug administration into the eye
Drugs can be delivered to ocular tissue as:
184
PHARMACOLOGY
Locally (topically): more common
• Eye drop
• Ointment
• Injection
• Periocular injection
Ex. Subconjunctival, peribulbar, or retrobulbar
• Intraocular injection
Ex. Itracameral or intravitreal
Systemically:
• Orally
• IV
Eye drops
• Eye drops- most common
• one drop = 50 µl
• volume of conjunctival cul-de-sac 7-10 µl
Ointment
• Increase the contact time of ocular medication to ocular surface thus better effect
Disadvantages
• The drug has to be high lipid soluble with some water solubility to have the
maximum effect as ointment
185
PHARMACOLOGY
Intracameral or intravitreal
• Intracameral acetylcholine (miochol) during cataract surgery
• Intravitreal antibiotics in cases of endophthalmitis
• Intravitreal steroid in macular edemantraocular injections
Peri-ocular injections
• subconjunctival, peribulbar, or retrobulbar
• reach behind iris-lens diaphragm better than topical application
• bypass the conjunctival and corneal epithelium which is good for drugs with low
lipid solubility (e.g. penicillins)
• steroid and local anesthetics can be applied this way
186
PHARMACOLOGY
Systemic drugs
• Oral or IV
Factor influencing systemic drug penetration into ocular tissue:
• lipid solubility of the drug: more penetration with high lipid solubility
• Protein binding: more effect with low protein binding
• Eye inflammation: more penetration with ocular inflammation
Physiological Anatomy of the Eye
Pharmacology of drugs acting on the eye
187
PHARMACOLOGY
➢ Drugs used for the treatment of eye
➢ Drugs that can produce harmful effects on the eye
Ophthalmic Uses of drugs
Autonomic drugs:
• Affect the size of the pupil:
✓ Miotics - Miotics work by contraction of the ciliary muscle, tightening the trabecular
meshwork and allowing increased outflow of aqueous through traditional
pathways.
✓ Mydriatics- are a type of medicine that make the pupil of the eye dilate (open up).
Mydriatics also tend to relax the focusing muscles of the eye, which means that
blurred vision is a common side effect.
• Affect accommodation (Cycloplegics).
• Anti-inflammatory drugs:
✓ Glucocorticoids
✓ NSAIDs
• Chemotherapeutics (antibacterial, antifungal and antiviral agents).
• Local Anesthetic drugs
188
PHARMACOLOGY
Autonomic Nerve supply of the Eye
Parasympathetic N.S.
✓ Constriction of the pupillary sphincter muscle (miosis)
✓ Contraction of the ciliary muscle (accommodation for near vision).
✓ Decrease in intraocular pressure ↓ IOP.
✓ increases aqueous outflow through the trabecular meshwork into canal of
Schlemm by ciliary muscle contraction
✓ Increased lacrimation
✓ Conjunctival Vasodilatation
Sympathetic N.S.
✓ Contraction of dilator Pupillae ( Mydriasis) α1
✓ Relaxation of ciliary muscles (accommodation for far vision) β receptors
✓ Increase in intraocular pressure
✓ Lacrimation α1
✓ Vasoconstriction of conjunctival blood vessels α1
✓ β receptors in the blood vessels of the ciliary processes →production of aqueous
humour.
✓ β antagonists reduces the production of aqueous humor
✓ α agonists increase outflow of aqueous humor and ↓ IOP
Drugs acting on parasympathetic system- Parasympathomimetic Agents are topical
cholinergic agonists that reduce IOP by improving fluid outflow through the trabecular
meshwork. Activation of muscarinic (M3) receptors allows for contraction of ciliary muscle
fibers, which expands the pores of the trabecular meshwork to enhance outflow.
Ophthalmic agents within this class include carbachol and pilocarpine. Adverse effects
include sweating, salivation, eye pain, blurred vision, abdominal pain, and headache.
189
PHARMACOLOGY
Parasympathomimetics are contraindicated in those with uncontrolled asthma(Kelly
Karpa, Anthony Possanza)
Cholinergic agonists
✓ Direct agonists
– Methacholine, carbachol, pilocarpine
✓ Indirect acting agonists (anticholinesterases)
– Reversible :Physostigmine
– Irreversible: Ecothiophate
USES:
– Glaucoma (open angle glaucoma)
– Counteract action of mydriatics
– To break adhesions
– in accommodative esotropia (ecothiophate)
Adverse Effects of cholinergic agonists:
• Miosis
• Salivation
• Sweating
• bronchial constriction
• vomiting and diarrhea
• CNS effects: high doses (physostigmine & pilocarpine)
Ocular side effects: diminished vision (myopia), headache,
190
PHARMACOLOGY
Contraindications of cholinergic agonists:
✓ Bronchial asthma.
✓ Peptic ulcer.
✓ Angina pectoris
✓ Incontinence
✓ Intestinal obstruction
Cholinergic drugs
Drugs Ocular uses
Acetycholine Induction of miosis in surgery
Carbachol Glaucoma
Methacholine
Pilocarpine In open angle glaucoma
Physostigmine Glaucoma, accommodative esotropia
Ecothiophate Glaucoma, accommodative esotropia
Cholinergic antagonists (Muscarininc antagonists)
✓ Passive mydriasis
due to relaxation of circular muscles
✓ Cycloplegia (loss of near accommodation) due to relaxation of ciliary muscles
191
PHARMACOLOGY
✓ Loss of light reflex.
✓ increased I.O.P # glaucoma.
✓ decrease Lacrimal secretion , sandy eye
USES:
✓ To prevent adhesion in uveitis & iritis
✓ Funduscopic examination of the eye
✓ Measurement of refractive error
Side effects:
✓ blurred vision, tachycardia, constipation,
✓ urinary retention, dryness of mouth , dry sandy eyes, fever
✓ CNS effects: sedation, hallucination, excitation (toxic dose).
Contraindications of antimuscarinic drugs
✓ Glaucoma (angle closure glaucoma)
✓ Tachycardia, Prostate hypertrophy in old patients.
✓ Constipation, paralytic ileus.
EAR
This chapter discusses the pharmacology of several agents used to treat sensorineural
hearing loss and vertigo and offers perspectives for the future for drug delivery to the
inner ear.
Drugs acting on the ear
Otitis externa
192
PHARMACOLOGY
Anti-inflammatory preparations with antibacterial

Locorten-Vioform® eardrops
Betnesol® N ear drops
Otomize® ear spray
Fluocinolone 0.025% & neomycin 0.5% cream, ointment (Synalar N®) - (For Otitis
Externa only)
Chronic/acute otitis media and otitis externa (necrotising)

Ciprofloxacin 0.3%, dexamethasone 0.1% ear drops (Cilodex®)
- ENT use only - not to be prescribed in Primary Care
Ciprofloxacin/fluocinolone 3mg/ml+ 0.25mg/ml ear drops (Cetraxal Plus®)
- ENT use only - not to be prescribed in Primary Care
Triamcinolone, Neomycin sulfate, gramicidin, nystatin (Otocomb® ointment)
- ENT use only - off license use, not to be prescribed in Primary Care
Anti-infective preparations
Use of gentamicin is contraindicated in those with perforated ear- drum.
Gentamicin ear/eye drops 0.3%
Clotrimazole 1% drops (specialist use only)
Removal of ear wax
Wax can be softened with simple remedies prior to syringing.

✓ Olive Oil
✓ Sodium Bicarbonate 5% ear drops
Drugs Affecting the Ear Drugs Affecting The Ear
Antibiotics
➢ Chloramphenicol
➢ Chloromycetin Otic
➢ gentamicin sulfate otic
➢ Garamycin
Ear wax break up

➢ carbamide peroxide
➢ Auro Ear Drops
193
PHARMACOLOGY
➢ Glycerin
Ear Wax Removal

Swimmer’s Ear
➢ isopropyl alcohol
➢ AuroDri
➢ Ear Drops
➢ boric acid/isopropyl
➢ Aurocaine 2
Preparations for the ear

Ear cleansers and sebolytics
• A significant proportion of otic disorders in animals will improve with flushing and
cleansing of the ear canal to remove wax and debris.
• Preparations are available using solvents such as propylene glycol, squalane or
xylene and incorporating benzoic acid, acetic acid, boric acid and salicylic acid.
• Indications
• Ear cleansing.
Drugs that Affect the Ear

Antibiotics used to treat infections
– Chloramphenicol (Chloromycetin Otic)
– Gentamicin sulfate (Garamycin)
Steroid/antibiotic combinations used to treat superficial bacterial infections
– Neomycin sulfate/polymyxin b sulfate/hydrocortisone (Cortisporin Otic)
– Neomycin/colistin/hydrocortisone
(Coly-Mycin S Otic)
Miscellaneous preparations used to treat ear wax accumulation, inflammation, pain,
fungal infections, other minor conditions
- Boric acid in isopropyl alcohol
Aurocaine 2
- Triethanolamine with chlorobutanolin propylene glycol
Cerumenex
194
PHARMACOLOGY
SKIN
DRUGS ACTING ON THE SKIN AND MUCOUS MEMBRANES
Objectives
 To have a clear understanding on:
 The basic and clinical pharmacology of drugs acting on the skin and mucous
membranes
 Different formulations available
 Pharmacotherapeutics of skin and mucous membrane disorders
Introduction
The integument or skin is the largest organ of the body, making up 16% of body weight,
with a surface area of 1.8m2.It has several functions, the most important being to form a
physical barrier to the environment, allowing and limiting the inward and outward passage
of water, electrolytes and various substances while providing protection against micro-
organisms, ultraviolet radiation, toxic agents and mechanical insultsThere are three
structural layers to the skin: the epidermis ; the epidermis and subcutisThe skin is an area
of the body that gives a disproportionate number of therapeutic problems, particularly in
small animals. The underlying cause of persistent eczemas is often obscure, leaving the
veterinary surgeon little choice but to attempt symptomatic treatment with what agents
he/she has at his/her disposal.
Skin and drugs
 “It is easy to do more harm than good with potent drugs, and this is particularly true
in skin diseases. Many skin lesions are caused by systemic or topical use of drugs,
often taking the form of immediate or delayed hypersensitivity”
 If its wet, dry it; if its dry, wet it. The traditional advice contains enough truth to be
worth repeating. One or two applications a day are all that is usually necessary
unless common sense dictates otherwise”
Drugs acting on the skin and mucous membranes can be broadly classified in to
the following categories:
• Dermatological vehicles
• Preparations for allergic, inflammatory and other immune mediated skin
conditions. These include:
a). Corticosteroids
b).Immunosuppressant’s
c). Antihistamines
d).Essential fatty acid preparations
e). Prostaglandin E1 analogues
- Sunscreens
- Anti-infective skin preparations
- Keratolytics and Keratoplastic agents
- Shampoos
- Preparations for the ear
195
PHARMACOLOGY
• Systemic disorders may also be responsible for clinical signs affecting the skin-
e.g. hormonal disturbances including hypothyroidism or hyper-adreno-corticism,
nutritional deficiency of for example zinc (Leading to parakeratosis-
• defined as hyper keratinization of the epithelial cells of skin and esophagus (Dr.
Nguta, J.M (Pharmacology/Toxicology)
A). DERMATOLOGICAL AGENTS

• For skin disorders, formulations are available as powders, sprays, shampoos,
lotions, gels, creams and ointments. The choice of vehicle depends on the type of
lesion and convenience of application.
a) Creams are water miscible and readily removed by licking and washing.
They are less greasy and easier to apply than ointments. Aqueous cream,
which soothes and hydrates the skin, is used as an emollient (These are
substances that soften and sooth the skin) in the treatment of dry, scaling
lesions. Frequent application is desirable. Available preparations include:
b) Aqueous cream: Emulsifying ointment 30%, phenoxyethanol 1%, in freshly
boiled and cooled purified water.
Ointments
a) Ointments are greasy, normally anhydrous, insoluble in water and more
occlusive than creams. Ointments are also effective emollient preparations.
Ointments are used for chronic dry lesions and should be avoided in
exudative lesions. The more commonly used ointment bases consist of soft
paraffin or soft paraffin and liquid paraffin with hard paraffin. Such greasy
preparations may not be suitable for pets in household conditions because
they may stain furniture. Ointment preparations include:
- Emulsifying ointment: Emulsifying wax 30%, white soft paraffin
50%, and liquid paraffin 20%.
- Hydrous wool fat (Lanolin): Wool fat-50% in freshly boiled and
cooled purified water.
- White soft paraffin (White petroleum jelly)
- Yellow soft paraffin (Yellow petroleum jelly)
Dusting powders
b) Dusting powders are finely divided powders that contain one or more active
ingredients. Generally, they absorb moisture, which discourages bacterial
growth. Dusting powders should not be used on wet, raw surfaces because
adherent crusts and caking may result: they may be used in the treatment
of wound infections.
Lotions
c) Lotions are usually aqueous solutions or suspensions for application
without friction to inflamed unbroken skin. They cool by evaporation of
solvents, require frequent application, and may leave a thin film of drug on
the skin (not easily calamine lotion). Lotions are used in hairy areas and for
lesions with minor exudation and ulceration. Care must be taken with
nervous or excitable animals because lotions containing volatile
substances can sting on application. Available preparations include:
- Calamine (Non-proprietary)
196
PHARMACOLOGY
- Lotion –containing calamine 15%, zinc oxide 5%, glycerol 5%,

bentonite 3%, sodium citrate 0.5%, liquefied phenol 0.5% in freshly
boiled and cooled water to 200ml.
- Oily lotion-(BP 1980) containing calamine 5%, arachis oil 50%, oleic
acid 0.5%, wool fat 1% in calcium hydroxide solution to 200ml.
Pastes and Gels

e) Pastes are stiff preparations containing a high proportion of finely powdered
solids. They are less occlusive than ointments and are used mainly for
circumscribed, ulcerated lesions. Zinc oxide is a mild astringent (a chemical
compound that tends to shrink or constrict body tissues) and has soothing and
protective properties. Magnesium sulfate paste is used in the treatment of minor
skin infections. Preparations available include:
- Compound zinc sulfate paste- containing zinc oxide 25%, white soft
paraffin 50%
- Magnesium sulfate paste (Morison’s paste)-Containing dried
magnesium sulfate 45g, phenol 500mg, anhydrous glycerol 55g.
f). Gels are semi solid aqueous solutions that are easy to apply, not greasy,
miscible with water and wash off easily.
Sprays
g). Sprays are used as pressurized aerosols or in spraying units. They may be
economical to use because of the ease of application with little waste, and can
be easily directed.
- Sealed packaging means the risk of contamination of the remaining
constituents is minimized. Additionally, the cooling effect produced by the
evaporation of solvents may be beneficial in certain conditions.
- Some animals may show signs of anxiety in response to the noise produced
by the spray.
Shampoos
h.) Shampoos are used as complementary therapy in association with other
treatment or as sole preparations in the long term management of certain
disorders such as seborrhea (a skin condition in which there is excessive
secretion by the sebaceous glands, forming crusts with scales from the skin
and dirt. (Also known as hypersteatosis or seborrhoeic dermatitis).
- Shampoos are indicated as vehicles for antipruritic and keratolytic drugs
and for skin dis-infecting and cleansing preparations.
Colloids and liniments

i.) Colloids are painted on to the skin and allowed to dry to leave a flexible film
over the site of the application. In veterinary medicine, their main use is to “seal”
the teats of non-lactating cows.
j). Liniments are liquid preparations for external application usually by massage,
that contain analgesics and rubefacients (a substance for external application that
produces redness of the skin by causing dilatation of the capillaries and an
increase in blood circulation).
Prep. for allergic, Infl. &other immune-mediated skin conditions
197
PHARMACOLOGY
A wide variety of causative factors may be involved in these skin conditions. The selection
of the type and duration of treatment depends on the inflammatory disease present. In
every case, the underlying cause(s) should be identified and eliminated, if possible. If this
can be done, long-term anti-inflammatory therapy is unnecessary.
The following drug classes are used:
1. Corticosteroids
2. Immunosuppressants
3. Antihistamines
4. Topical anti-inflammatory skin preparations
5. Essential fatty acid preparations
6. Prostaglandin E1 analogues
1.Corticosteroids
• Systemic corticosteroids are of great value in the treatment of inflammatory and
immune-mediated skin conditions.
• Oral preparations with a short duration of action are preferred because therapy
can be discontinued swiftly if adverse effects are seen. This is not possible with
longer acting, injectable agents.
• In addition, fewer side-effects are associated with the use of short acting oral drugs
than with other formulations of corticosteroids.
• However in severe acute diseases, short acting injectable corticosteroid
formulations may be favored.
• In chronic diseases where corticosteroids are indicated, alternate day therapy
should be used to minimize the risk of adrenal suppression.
• Depot corticosteroids such as methylprednisolone acetate should be reserved for
cases in which the use of short acting preparations is impaired, for example in dogs
or cats that will not tolerate oral dosing and the patient cannot be medicated by
mouth.
• The dose and the type of corticosteroid used depend on the form and severity of
the disease present.
2. Immunosuppressants
Ciclosporin (Cyclosporin):
• Ciclosporin blocks the transcription of the genes encoding several cytokines.
• Its main effect is achieved by blocking transcription of IL-2 and subsequently its
synthesis.
• Secondary effects include inhibition of IFN gamma (Interferon gamma); IL-3, IL-4,
IL-5, IL-8 and granulocyte macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF).
• As a result, ciclosporin affects the function of mast cells, eosinophils, and antigen
presenting cells.
198
PHARMACOLOGY
• These effects include inhibition of eosinophil survival, release of toxic granules,

cytokine secretions and recruitment of eosinophils to the site of inflammation,
inhibition of mast cell survival, activation, degranulation and reduction in the
number of epidermal langerhans cells and cytokine secretion from keratinocytes.
• Ciclosporin is a potent immunomodulator used for organ transplantation and
immune-mediated dermatological conditions in humans.
Ciclosporin
Drug interactions
• Interactions with drugs that inhibit cytochrome P-450 microsomal enzyme activity
increase serum ciclosporin concentration, which can potentiate toxicity.
• Most of the evidence is documented in humans and mice; however, interaction
with ketoconazole has been reported in dogs.
• Monitoring levels of ciclosporin in the blood is recommended when combined with
ketoconazole or other drugs known to interfere with ciclosporin metabolism.
Indications
• Atopic dermatitis; ocular disease; immune-mediated diseases as an
immunosuppressant; peri-anal fistula; furunculosis; sebaceous adenitis.
• Contra-indications
• Dogs less than six months of age or less than 2kg body weight
• Animals with history of malignant disease or progressive malignant dis-orders
• Vaccination during or within 2 weeks of treatment
• Diabetes mellitus
• Concomitant use of other immunosuppressants
3. Antihistamines
• Antihistamines are antagonists of the histamine H1 receptor and include:
chlorphenamine; clemastine; diphenhydramine; hydroxyzine; promethazine;
mepyramine; tripelennamine and alimemazine. H2 receptor antagonists are
ineffective.
• Antihistamines diminish or abolish the main actions of histamine in the body by
competitive reversible blockade of histamine receptor sites.
• Histamine is only one of many autacoids involved in hypersensitivity reactions and
so antihistamines have limited use in the treatment of allergic dis-orders in animals.
• The effects of antihistamines may not be observed for 1 to 2 weeks and they are
most effective for preventing rather than for rapidly reducing pruritus.
• Some authorities indicate initial use of glucocorticoids in conjunction with
antihistamines. Glucocorticoid therapy is stopped when pruritus is eliminated;
antihistamine treatment is continued.
199
PHARMACOLOGY
• Systemic antihistamines may be used to control pruritus in allergic reactions such

as urticaria and allergic skin problems including food allergies.
• It is generally accepted that 10% to 15% of dogs are likely to respond to treatment
with H1 receptor antagonists but there is considerable individual variation between
dogs and it is not possible to predict which antihistamines will be effective in any
particular dog.
• Orally administered antihistamines reported to be effective include:
chlorphenamine; clemastine; diphenhydramine; hydroxyzine and alimemazine.
• In cats, efficacy has been reported with chlorphenamine and clemastine.
• Antihistamines are frequently sedative. Combination preparations of
antihistamines and corticosteroids are available in some countries
4. Essential fatty acids (EFAs).
• Zinc, niacin, retinol (Vitamin A) and vitamin C are co-factors favoring the
conversion of dihomogamma-linolenic acid to the anti-inflammatory 1 series.
• EFA deficiency leads to the development of a dry, scurfy coat, hair loss, epidermal
peeling and exudation, skin lichenification and increased susceptibility to infection.
• Frank EFA deficiency is uncommon in animals fed normal diets but may occur as
a result of intestinal mal-absorption, and hepatic or pancreatic impairment.
• There is evidence that EFA supplementation can ameliorate allergic skin diseases,
particularly atopy in the dogs and can lead to improvements in coat condition.
• It may aid in the control of “miliary dermatitis” (Papular crusting dermatitis) in cats.
• Dietary supplementation with evening primrose oil, and with mixtures of evening
primrose oil and marine fish oil, has been shown to be effective in canine atopy
(Also known as canine atopic dermatitis is an allergy in dogs that are sensitive to
environmental allergens, such as pollens, spores or dust).
• Although the effect appears to be dose-related, optimum dosages and the most
effective combinations of these oils have not yet been determined.
5. Prostaglandin E1 analogues
Misoprostrol
 Misoprostrol, a synthetic analogue of prostaglandin E1, selectively inhibits the late
phase reaction by blocking the secretion of cytokines by TH1 cells-T lymphocytes
expressing CD4 cells are also known as helper T cells, divided into Th1 and Th2.
 (Th1) cells produce interferon-gamma, interleukin (IL)-2, and tumour necrosis
factor (TNF)-beta, which activate macrophages and are responsible for cell-
mediated immunity and phagocyte-dependent protective responses.
• By contrast, type 2 Th (Th2) cells produce IL-4, IL-5, IL-10, and IL-13, which are
responsible for strong antibody production, eosinophil activation, and inhibition of
several macrophage functions, thus providing phagocyte-independent protective
responses.
• Th1 cells mainly develop following infections by intracellular bacteria and some
viruses, whereas Th2 cells predominate in response to infestations by
gastrointestinal nematodes, granulocyte activation, and chemotaxis of
inflammatory cells.
200
PHARMACOLOGY
• A randomized placebo controlled study in dogs showed a 30% improvement in the

level of pruritus and skin lesions after 3 weeks of treatment with misoprostrol.
• This drug may be of value in dogs where adverse effects of glucocorticoids and
the cost of ciclosporin preclude their use.
Indications
• Canine atopic dermatitis
• NSAID-associated gastric and duodenal ulceration
Contra-indications
• Pregnant animals
• Side effects
• They are dose dependent and may include: diarrhea; abdominal pain; nausea;
abortion in pregnant animals.
Warnings: Pregnant women should avoid exposure to misoprostrol.
Dose: Dogs, by mouth, 5 micrograms/kg 3 times daily.
C). Sunscreens
• Exposure of the skin to ultra-violet light causes damage that is related to the light
intensity, duration of exposure and skin sensitivity.
• Phototoxic reactions occur in skin with low levels of pigmentation which are not
protected by the coat.
• The resulting solar dermatitis varies from a mild erythematous and scaling reaction
to swelling with associated cysts, bullae, folliculitis, furunculosis, and scarring.
• Chronic light exposure may lead to the development of squamous cell carcinoma.
• Photosensitivity reactions are caused when photodynamic agents in the skin are
exposed to ultraviolet light and cause tissue damage.
• Photodynamic agents may be generated by abnormalities of hepatic function,
aberrant pigment synthesis, or may be derived from substances, ingested,
injected, or absorbed through the skin.
• The increasing levels of ultraviolet light penetration, which are now being
experienced, are leading to an increasing amount of damage to the skin.
• Animals that spend a lot of time outdoors and which are sparsely coated or lacking
in pigmentation are especially at risk.
• Sun avoidance is the best solution but protective clothing and use of topically
applied stains for example felt-tipped pen on depigmented skin are effective.
• Sunscreens which are water resistant and have a sun protection factor (SPF) of
over 15 are useful and should be applied at least once daily but they do not
eliminate damage totally and chronic effects may still occur.
• Pigs kept outdoors should be provided with a mud bath.
D). Anti-infective skin preparations
201
PHARMACOLOGY
An infection may be the principle cause of a skin condition or may be secondary to skin
trauma or an underlying dis-order. These can include: endocrine imbalances;
hypersensitivity; immunosuppression or nutritional imbalances.
Topical antibacterial skin prep.
• Topical treatment is often employed using topical antibacterials, zinc sulfate, lime
sulfur, and iodine containing compounds.
• Dermatophilus congolensis is susceptible to many antibacterials.
• Antibacterials incorporated into topical preparations include: chlortetracycline;
oxytetracycline, which may be effective against superficial infections caused by
bacteria including: Bacillus; Actinomyces; Clostridium; Streptococci and
Staphylococci.
• Fusidic acid is particularly effective against infections caused by Staphylococci;
Actinomyces; Neisseria and some Clostridium species.
Topical antifungal skin prep.
• The success of drug therapy depends on additional management aimed at
reducing and limiting infection such as careful clipping around the lesions in dogs
and cats, limiting grooming, isolating the animal and using antifungal washes on
the affected animal and local environment.
• Griseofulvin and ketoconazole are used for systemic treatment of ringworm.
• Ketoconazole is effective in Malassezia pachydermatis infection of the skin.
• Itroconazole is also effective against ringworm in dogs and cats and appears to be
much less hepatotoxic and associated with fewer side effects than ketoconazole.
• Topical antifungals may be used for the treatment of ringworm, although drug
toxicity, due to ingestion through self-grooming, the necessity for clipping of the fur
and repeated application and limited efficacy of the preparation should be taken
into account.
Topical antifungal skin preparations
• Topical enilconazole, clotrimazole and ketoconazole are effective for Malassezia
pachydermatis infection.
• However, the treatment of choice is a shampoo containing chlorhexidine and
miconazole (shampoo containing selenium sulfide may also be effective).
• Topical enilconazole or miconazole may be used in conjunction with systemic
griseofulvin for the treatment of ringworm. Povidone iodine is also used as a
fungicide.
• Natamycin is a polyene antifungal antibacterial, which may be used for topical
treatment and also for disinfection of the ringworm-contaminated environment and
horse tackle (accessories worn by horses in the course of their use as
domesticated animal).
• A vaccine is available for immunization against ringworm in cattle
3.Prep. For minor cuts and abrasions
• These preparations are used to treat minor skin infections and abrasions, and to
prevent infection following surgery or when dehorning.
202
PHARMACOLOGY
• They are applied as necessary in the form of dusting powder, ointments or sprays.
• Preparations containing benzoic acid, cresol or phenols should not be used on cats
(Cats have significantly lower tolerance to the preparations).
Indications
• Minor cuts and abrasions.
E). Keratolytics and Keratoplastic Agents

• Keratolytic agents promote shedding of cornified cells from the stratum corneum,
keratoplastic agents slow the rate of proliferation of keratinocytes, allowing them
to develop and function more normally.
• Primary keratinization dis-orders are skin diseases in which excessive scale
formation occurs in epidermal structures including the hair follicle and inter-
follicular epidermis.
• They manifest as blocked follicles (comedones), superficial scale (dry, waxy or
greasy seborrhea), and follicular casts.
• Secondary superficial bacteria and yeast (Malassezia pachydermatis) infections
commonly occur.
• Treatment of primary keratinization disorders may involve the use of topical or
systemic substances.
• Topical treatments include keratolytic shampoos and antimicrobials.
Tretinoin
Indications
• Primary keratinization disorders
• Side effects
• Occasional allergic or irritant reaction, particularly in cats.
• Warning: Gloves should be worn when applying the preparations; should not be
applied by pregnant women.
• Dose
• Dogs, cats: Apply daily until remission, then as necessary for maintenance.
Available preparations include:
• POM Retin A (Janseen-Cilag) UK
• Cream, tretinoin, 0.025%
• Gel, tretinoin 0.01%, 0.025%
• Lotion, tretinoin, 0.025%.
G). Wound management

• 1. Skin cleansers and disinfectants
203
PHARMACOLOGY
• Animal wounds occur frequently and need to be assessed and treated similarly to
wounds in humans.
• The objective of any wound management regimen is to heal the wound in the
shortest time possible and with minimum pain, discomfort and scarring for the
patient.
• Open wounds such as abrasions, lacerations, avulsions, ballistic, penetrating,
hernias and excised or surgical wounds are most common in the domestic species
and are characterized by a break in the skin.
• Closed wounds include contusions, bruises, ruptures and sprains.
1.Skin cleansers and Disinfectants
• Alcohol (70%) is commonly used for its solvent properties for the removal of
superficial contamination.
• Cetrimide, Chlorhexidine, and Povidone-iodine are used for skin dis-infection.
• Contaminated wounds should be thoroughly lavaged with isotonic solutions such
as sodium chloride 0.9% solution (Normal saline) or ringer’s solution.
• If the wound is less than three hours old, antibacterials in the lavage solution will
decrease the occurrence of wound infection.
• After three hours, antibacterials in lavage are no more effective than lavage alone.
204
PHARMACOLOGY
CHAPTER 24
Endocrine System Drugs
Endocrine system
– Controls, integrates body functions
– Information from various parts of body carried via blood-borne hormones to distant sites
Hormones are natural chemical substances
– Act after secreted into bloodstream from endocrine glands
– Glands include
• Anterior and posterior pituitary
• Thyroid
• Parathyroid
• Adrenal glands
• Thymus
• Pancreas
• Testes
• Ovaries
• Endocrine gland hormones work together to regulate vital processes, including:

– Secretory, motor activities of digestive tract
– Energy production
– Composition, volume of extracellular fluid
– Adaptation
• Acclimatization
• Immunity
– Growth, development
– Reproduction, lactation
Pituitary Gland Drugs

• Anterior pituitary gland drugs
– Used to treat growth failure in children
– Somatren (Protropin)
– Somatropin (Humatrope)
Posterior pituitary gland drugs
– Used to treat symptoms of diabetes insipidus
– Vasopressin (Pitressin)
205
PHARMACOLOGY
Thyroid and Parathyroid Gland Drugs

• Thyroid hormone
– Controls rate of metabolic processes
– Required for normal growth and development
• Parathyroid hormone
– Regulates level of ionized calcium in blood
– Releases calcium from bone
– Absorbs calcium from intestine
– Controls rate of calcium excretion by kidneys
Disorders of thyroid gland

– Goiter
• Enlargement of thyroid gland
– Hypothyroidism
• Thyroid hormone deficiency
– Hyperthyroidism
• Thyroid hormone excess
• Disorders of parathyroid
– Hypoparathyroidism
– Hyperparathyroidism
Thyroid drugs
– Treat hypothyroidism
• Thyroid
• Iodine products
• Levothyroxine (Synthroid, Levoxyl)
Parathyroid drugs
– Treat hyperparathyroidism
• Vitamin D
• Calcium supplements
Adrenal Cortex Drugs

Adrenal cortex secretes three major classes of steroid hormones
– Glucocorticoids (cortisol)
206
PHARMACOLOGY
• Raise blood glucose

• Deplete tissue proteins
• Suppress inflammatory reaction
• Calcium supplements
Adrenal Cortex Drugs

Adrenal cortex secretes three major classes of steroid hormones
– Glucocorticoids (cortisol)
• Raise blood glucose
• Deplete tissue proteins
• Suppress inflammatory reaction
207
PHARMACOLOGY
CHAPTER 25
Renal and urologic drugs
Diuretics
These are drugs which cause a total deficit of Na+ and water in urine. In view of the diuretic action of
calomel, organomercurials given by injection were presented during the 1920s and overwhelmed for almost
40 years. The case inhibitors were created presented during the 1920s and overwhelmed for almost 40
yearsin the 1950s from the perception that early sulfonamides caused acidosis and mild diuresis. The first
modern orally active diuretic chlorothiazide was discovered in 1957, and by early 1960s its congeners
(thiazide diuretics) were already in common use. Availability of furosemide and ethacrynic acid by mid
1960s revolutionized the pattern of diuretic use. The K+ sparing diuretics spironolactone and triamterene
were developed in parallel to these. Diuretics are among the most generally recommended drugs. Utilization
of diuretics to the management of hypertension has exceeded their utilization in edema.
HIGH CEILING (LOOP) DIURETICS
Furosemide (Frusemide)
Prototype drug is the development of this orally and rapidly acting highly efficacious diuretic was a
breakthrough. Its has maximal natriuretic effect which is much greater than that of other classes. The
diuretic response goes on increasing with increasing dose: up to 10 L of urine may be produced in a day.
It is dynamic even in patients with moderately extreme renal disappointment.
Intravenous furosemide causes brief expansion in fundamental venous capacitance and diminishes left
ventricular filling pressure, even before the saluretic reaction is obvious. This action is additionally seen
of being PG intervened and is liable for the speedy help it manages in LVF and pulmonary edema.
Bumetanide
It is similar to furosemide in all respects, but is 40 times more potent. It induces very rapid diuresis and is
highly effective in pulmonary edema
Torasemide (Torsemide)
Another high ceiling diuretic with properties similar to furosemide, but 3 times more potent. Oral
absorption is more rapid and more complete. The elimination t½ (3.5 hours) and duration of action (4–8
hours) are longer. Torasemide has been used in edema and in hypertension
Use of high ceiling diuretics

1. Edema Diuretics are used irrespective of etiology of edema—cardiac, hepatic or renal. The high ceiling
diuretics are preferred in CHF for rapid mobilization of edema fluid. Thiazides may be used for
maintenance, but often prove ineffective and high ceiling drugs are called in. For nephrotic and other forms
of resistant edema, the high ceiling diuretics are the drugs of choice.
In chronic renal failure massive doses have to be used, but they continue to be effective while thiazides just
do not produce any action. In impending acute renal failure, loop diuretics may decrease the need for
dialysis.
2. Acute pulmonary edema (acute LVF, following MI): Intravenous administration of furosemide or its
congeners produces prompt relief. This is due to vasodilator action that precedes the saluretic action.
Subsequently, decrease in blood volume and venous return is responsible for the improvement.
3. Cerebral edema Though osmotic diuretics are primarily used, furosemide may be combined to improve
efficacy.
208
PHARMACOLOGY
4. Hypertension High ceiling diuretics are indicated only in presence of renal insufficiency, CHF, in
resistant cases or hypertensive emergencies; otherwise thiazides are preferred.
5. Along with blood transfusion in severe anaemia, to prevent vascular overload.
6. Hypercalcaemia and renal calcium stones: because furosemide and its congeners increase calcium
excretion and urine flow, they may help to reduce serum calcium level.
THIAZIDE AND RELATED DIURETICS

Pharmacokinetics. All thiazides and related drugs are orally absorbed; are administered only by this route.
Their action starts within 1 hour, but the duration varies from 8–48 hours. The more lipid-soluble agents
have larger volumes of distribution (some are also tissue bound), lower rates of renal clearance and are
longer acting. The protein binding is also variable. Most of the agents undergo little hepatic metabolism
and are excreted as such.
Xipamide. Has a pronounced diuretic action similar to low doses of furosemide. Due to longer duration of
action—hypokalemia is more prominent.
Indapamide. In usual doses it has little diuretic action, seemingly because it is highly lipid soluble. It is
extensively metabolized and only small quantity of unchanged drug is present in the tubular fluid. However,
it retains antihypertensive action and is used for that purpose only.
Uses
1. Edema Thiazides may be used for mild-tomoderate cases. For mobilization of edema fluid more
efficacious diuretics are preferred, but thiazides may be considered for maintenance therapy. They act best
in cardiac edema, less effective in hepatic or renal edema. They are powerless in the presence of renal
failure.
2. Hypertension Thiazides and related diuretics, especially chlorthalidone are one of the first line drugs.
3. Diabetes insipidus They reduce urine volume
4. Hypercalciuria with recurrent calcium stones in the kidney. Thiazides act by reducing Ca2+ excretion.
Complications of high ceiling and thiazide type diuretic therapy Most of the adverse effects of these drugs
are related to fluid and electrolyte changes caused by them. They are remarkably safe in low doses used
over short periods.
The most significant problem is hypokalaemia. At low doses it is rare, but may be of grave consequence
when brisk diuresis is induced or on prolonged therapy, especially if dietary K+ intake is low. Degree of
hypokalaemia outturn to be related to the duration of action of the diuretic; longer acting drugs resulting to
more K+ loss. Weakness, fatigue, muscle cramps are the usual manifestations; cardiac arrhythmias are the
serious complications. Hypokalaemia is less common with standard doses of high ceiling diuretics than
with thiazides, perhaps because of lesser duration of action of the former which permits intermittent
operation of compensatory repletion mechanisms.
POTASSIUM SPARING DIURETICS

Spironolactone acts from the interstitial side of the tubular cell, combines with the mineralocorticoid
receptor and inhibits the formation of AIPs in a competitive manner. It has no effect on Na+ and K+
transport in the absence of aldosterone, while under normal circumstances, it increases Na+ and decreases
K+ excretion. Spironolactone is a mild saluretic because majority of Na+ has already been reabsorbed
proximal to its site of action.
Use Spironolactone is a weak diuretic in its own right and is used only in combination with other more
efficacious diuretics.
1. Edema: It is more useful in cirrhotic and nephrotic edema: aldosterone levels are generally high. It breaks
the resistance to thiazide diuretics that develops due to secondary hyperaldosteronism and reestablishes the
response. Thus, it is particularly employed in refractory edema.
209
PHARMACOLOGY
2. To counteract K+ loss due to thiazide and loop diuretics.

3. Hypertension: Used only as adjuvant to thiazide to prevent hypokalaemia; has weak antihypertensive
action of its own.
4. CHF: As additional drug to conventional therapy in moderate to severe CHF; can retard disease
progression and lower mortality
Interactions
1. Given together with K+ supplements— dangerous hyperkalaemia can occur.
2. Aspirin blocks spironolactone action by inhibiting tubular secretion of canrenone.
3. More pronounced hyperkalaemia can occur in patients receiving ACE inhibitors/angiotensin receptor
blockers (ARBs).
4. Spironolactone increases plasma digoxin concentration.
The side effects are drowsiness, confusion, abdominal upset, hirsutism, gynaecomastia, impotence and
menstrual irregularities. The most serious effect is hyperkalaemia that may occur especially if renal function
is inadequate. Acidosis is a risk, particularly in cirrhotics. Peptic ulcer may be aggravated. While eplerenone
is a recently developed more selective aldosterone antagonist, that is less likely to cause hormonal
disturbances like gynaecomastia, impotence and menstrual irregularities.
OSMOTIC DIURETICS Mannitol Mannitol is a nonelectrolyte of low molecular weight (182) that is
pharmacologically inert— this can be taken in large quantities sufficient to raise osmolarity of plasma and
tubular fluid. It is not metabolized in the body; freely filtered at the glomerulus and undergoes limited
reabsorption: therefore excellently suited to be used as osmotic diuretic. Mannitol appears to limit tubular
water and electrolyte reabsorption in a variety of ways:
1. Retains water isoosmotically in PT— dilutes luminal fluid which opposes NaCl reabsorption.
2. Inhibits transport processes in the thick AscLH by an unknown mechanism. Quantitatively this appears
to be the most important cause of diuresis.
3.Expands extracellular fluid volume (because it does not enter cells, mannitol draws water from the
intracellular compartment)—increases g.f.r. and inhibits renin release.
4. Increases renal blood flow, especially to the medulla—medullary hypertonicity is reduced—
corticomedullary osmotic gradient is dissipated—passive salt reabsorption is reduced. Uses Mannitol is
never used for the treatment of chronic edema or as a natriuretic.
Its indications are:
1. Increased intracranial or intraocular tension (acute congestive glaucoma, head injury, stroke, etc.): by
osmotic action it encourages movement of water from brain parenchyma, CSF and aqueous humour; 1–1.5
g/kg is infused over 1 hour as 20% solution to transiently raise plasma osmolarity. It is also used before and
after ocular/brain surgery to prevent acute rise in intraocular/intracranial pressure.
2. To maintain g.f.r. and urine flow in impending acute renal failure, e.g. in shock, severe trauma, cardiac
surgery, haemolytic reactions: 500–1000 ml of the solution may be infused over 24 hours. However,
prognostic benefits in conditions other than cardiac surgery are still unproven. If acute renal failure has
already set in, kidney is incapable of forming urine even after an osmotic load; mannitol is contraindicated:
it will then expand plasma volume → pulmonary edema and heart failure may develop.
3. To counteract low osmolality of plasma/e.c.f. due to rapid haemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis (dialysis
disequilibrium).
• Betamethasone (Celestone)
• Dexamethasone (Decadron)
210
PHARMACOLOGY
• Methylprednisolone (Solu-Medrol)
• Triamcinolone (Aristocort)
• Adrenal cortex secretes three major classes of steroid hormones

– Mineralocorticoids (primarily aldosterone)
• Regulate electrolyte and water
• Desoxycorticosterone acetate (Doca)
• Fludrocortisone (Florinef)
– Sex hormones
• Estrogen, progesterone, testosterone
• Produced in small amounts by men and women
• Have little physiological effect under normal circumstances
• Adrenal cortex secretes three major classes of steroid hormones

– Adrenal steroid inhibitors
• Aminoglutethimide (Cytadren)
• Metyrapone (Metopirone)
• Two disorders of adrenal cortex

– Addison’s disease (adrenal cortical hypofunction)
– Cushing’s disease (adrenal cortical hyperfunction)
211
PHARMACOLOGY
CHAPTER 26
REPRODUCTIVE AND GENDER RELATED DRUGS
Drugs that Affect the Reproductive and Gender Related Drugs

Reproductive System
• Drugs that affect the female reproductive system
– Hormones
– Oral contraceptives
– Ovulatory stimulants
– Infertility drugs
• Drugs that affect the female
reproductive system
– Female sex hormones
– Hormones secreted by ovary
• Estrogen
• Progesterone
– Indications for supplemental estrogen
• Estrogen deficiency or replacement
• Treatment of breast cancer
• Prophylaxis for osteoporosis in postmenopausal women
• Drugs that affect the female reproductive system

– Indications for progesterone (and synthetic progestins)
• Hormonal imbalance
212
PHARMACOLOGY
• Endometriosis
• Specific cancers
• Prevent pregnancy when used properly
Female Reproductive System

• Oral contraceptives
– Most effective form of birth control
– “The pill”
– Combination of estrogen and progesterone
• Suppression of ovulation
– Several types, combinations available
• All nearly 100% effective when taken properly
• Ovulatory stimulants, infertility drugs
– Anovulation
• Absence of ovulation
• May be pathological in women with abnormal
bleeding, infertility
– Sometimes treated with
• Gonadotropins
• Thyroid preparations
• Estrogen
• Synthetic agents
There are three kinds of medicines your provider may give you if you’re having preterm labor:
1. Antenatal corticosteroids (also called ACS).
➢ These speed up your baby’s lung development. These also aid in averting the chance
of a baby in having certain health problems after birth, including respiratory distress
syndrome (also called RDS), intraventricular hemorrhage (also called IVH) and
necrotizing enterocolitis (also called NEC).
2. Antibiotics.
➢ These kill infections caused by bacteria. Antibiotics help in preventing infections in

you and your baby if you have Group B strep infection or if you have preterm
premature rupture of membranes (also called PPROM).
3. Tocolytics.
213
PHARMACOLOGY
➢ These slow or stop labor contractions. Tocolytics may delay labor, often for just a few
days. This delay may give you time to get treatment with ACS or to get to a hospital
with a neonatal intensive care unit (also called a NICU)
➢ Low levels of calcium and bone problems in your baby can be a result when medicine
is taken for a longer time. And if you have a health condition, like a heart problem or
severe preeclampsia, some tocolytics may not be safe for you. Are there other kinds of
treatments for preterm labor?
Do medicines used during preterm labor have side effects for mom and baby?
Sometimes. A side effect is an effect of a drug or medicine that is not the intended result. Medicines used
on the preterm labor may do what they were supposed to do to help you or your baby, but side effects may
occur, too. Side effects differ for every woman and also depends on the kind of medicine. Talk to your
provider about what kind of medicine is right for you.
Side effects of antenatal corticosteroids cause
Antenatal corticosteroids include medicines likes betamethasone and dexamethasone. Possible side effects
for mom for both of these medicines may include fluid build-up in the body and increased blood
pressure. There are no side effects for your baby.
Side effects of tocolytics
Several kinds of tocolytics may be used during preterm labor, each with different side effects.
Beta-adrenergic receptor agonists, like terbutaline. Possible side effects for your baby may include
having a fast heartbeat. Possible side effects for you may include:
• Chest pain; fast or irregular heartbeat
• Breathing trouble; fluid in the lungs
• Diarrhea, nausea (feeling sick to your stomach), throwing up
• Feeling dizzy; shaking or feeling nervous; seizures
• Fever, headache
• High blood sugar
• Low blood pressure; low blood potassium
Calcium channel blockers, like nifedipine. There are no side effects for your baby. Possible side effects
for you may include:
• Constipation, diarrhea, nausea
• Feeling dizzy or faint
• Headache
• Low blood pressure
214
PHARMACOLOGY
• Redness of the skin
Magnesium sulfate. Side effects for your baby may include:
• Being tired and drowsy
• Slowed breathing
• Weak muscles
• Low levels of calcium and bone problems, if the drug is used for more than 5 to 7 days.
Side effects for you may include:
• Breathing problems, fluid in the lungs
• Dry mouth
• Fatigue (being very tired), weak muscle
• Headache, double vision, slurred speech
• Heart attack
• Nausea or throwing up
• Redness of the skin, heavy sweating
Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (also called NSAIDs), like indomethacin. Side effects for your
baby may include:
• Bleeding in the brain or heart
• Patent ductus arteriosus, also called PDA. This is a heart problem that’s common in premature babies.
• Jaundice. This is a common condition caused by the build-up of a substance called bilirubin in the
blood that makes a baby’s skin and the white parts of his eyes look yellow.
• Kidney problems, like making too little urine
• Necrotizing enterocolitis (also called NEC). This is a problem in a baby’s intestines.
• Rising blood pressure in the lungs
Side effects for you include:
• Feeling dizzy
• Heartburn
• Nausea or throwing up
• Oligohydramnios. This is when you have too little amniotic fluid. Amniotic fluid is the fluid that
surrounds your baby in the womb.
• Swollen stomach lining
215
PHARMACOLOGY
• Vaginal bleeding
CHAPTER 27
COMMON EMERGENCY DRUGS
Emergency drugs are chemical compounds used when life threatening conditions occur to controll the
symptoms and save the life of a patien. Short onset of action and can be administered in such a way as to
facilitate rapid onset of actoom is a must for a drug to be useful in during emergency.
PURPOSE
1. To provide initial treatment for broard spectrum of illness and injuries, most of which may
be life threatening.
2. To control the symptoms of patient.
3. To save the life of the patient.
4. To reach the site of action as soon as possible.
5. To normalize the vital bodily functions.
6. To diverge the patient from the possible risks
List of Drugs
✓ Atropine
✓ Sodium Nitroprusside
✓ Amiodarone
✓ Aminophylline
✓ Mannitol
✓ Magnesium Sulfate
✓ Epinephrine
✓ Hydrocortisone
✓ Heparin
✓ Diazepam
✓ Dextrose 50%
Atropine
Indications and dose of the drug:
SINUS BRADYCARDIA: 0.5-1mg(or 5-10ml of 0.1mg/ml) repeated every 3-5 min when necessary in
adults.
BRONCHOSPASM: 0.025mg/kg in2.5ml NS via nebulizer every 6-8hrs
Organophosphate poisoning: 2mg iv/im every 3 min. according to clinicalresponse in adult.
Cardiac arrest: 1mg every 3-5 minutes.
Mechanism of Action:
It competitively obstructs the muscarinic receptors in peripheral tissues (heart, intestines, bronchial
muscles, iris, secretory glands) and ease the smooth muscles.
The main action of vagus nerve of the parasympathetic system on the heart is to slow it down and atropine
blocks that action and speeds up the heart rate.
Drug Interactions:
216
PHARMACOLOGY
✓ The effect of the drug increases with-

✓ Quinidine (Antiarrhythmic)
✓ Amitriptyline (Antidepressants)
✓ Diphenhydramine (antihistamine)
✓ Meclizine (antihistamine)
Contraindications
✓ Narrow Angle Glaucoma

✓ Pyloric Stenosis
✓ Prostatic Hypertrophy
✓ Thyrotoxicosis
✓ Cardiac Failure
✓ Tachycardia
Adverse effects of drug:
✓ Palpitation
✓ Dry mouth
✓ Blurred vision
✓ Urinary retention and constipation
✓ Tachycardia
✓ Dysphagia
✓ Arrhythmias
✓ Hallucinations
Raise intraocular pressure
Sodium
Nitroprusside(Nitropress)
Indications and Dose of the drug:
Sodium nitroprusside is indicated for the immediate reduction of blood pressure of patients in hypertensive
crises. Concomitant longer-acting antihypertensive medication should be administered so that the duration
of treatment with sodium nitroprusside can be lessen.
Dosage: 0.5-10 mcg/kg/min IV infusion
Mechanism Of Action:
The principal pharmacological actionof sodium nitroprusside is relaxation ofvascular smooth muscle and
consequent dilatation of peripheral arteriesand veins by producing Nitric Oxide thusreducing preload and
afterload
Drug Interactions:
✓ AVANAFIL(Life Threatening Interaction)

✓ Amlodipine
✓ Clevidipine
✓ Nifedipine
✓ Verapamil
✓ Clonidine
Contraindications:
✓ Hypersensitivity
✓ Congenital (Leber's) optic atrophy
✓ Tobacco amblyopia
✓ Acute congestive heart failure with reduced peripheral vascular resistance
217
PHARMACOLOGY
Adverse Effects
➢ Excessive hypotension
➢ Cyanide Toxicity
➢ Thyroid Suppression
➢ Thiocyanate Poisoning
➢ Metabolic Acidosis
➢ Raised intracranial Pressure
➢ Bowel Obstruction
Amiodarone
Indication and dose of the drug:
✓ Frequently recurring ventricular fibrillation and hemodynamically unstable ventricular

tachycardia
✓ Intravenous amiodarone also can be used to treat patients with life threatening VT/VF
✓ 300mg IV after epinephrine dose if no response to defibrillation in VT/VF
✓ 150mg IV bolus in 10minutes,may repeat asnecessary in hemodynamically unstable VT
*VT=VENTRICULAR TACHYCARDIA
*VF= VENTRIFULAR FIBRILLATION
Mechanism of Action:
Amiodarone is generally considered aclass III antiarrhythmic, which hinders adrenergic stimulation; affects
sodium,potassium and calcium channels; markedly prolongs action potential and repolarization and
decreases AV conduction and sinus node function
Interactions:
✓ Cimetidine: inhibits CYP3A4 and can increase serum amiodarone levels

✓ Warfarin
✓ Dofelitide
✓ Amitriptyline
✓ Propanolol
✓ Digoxin
Contraindications:
✓ Hypersensitivitynd or 3rd degree AV block

✓ Cardiogenic Shock
✓ Severe sinus node dysfunction
✓ Avoid during breastfeeding
Adverse Effects:
✓ Hypotension
✓ AV BLOCK
✓ Congestive Heart Failure
✓ Bradycardia
✓ Cardiogenic Shock
Aminophylline
Indications and Dose of the Drug:
218
PHARMACOLOGY
Acute exacerbations of the symptoms of reversible airflow obstruction associated with asthma and other
chronic lung diseases, e.g.,emphysema and chronic bronchitis.
Dose: 5 – 7mg/kg IV/PO for over20minutes
Smooth muscle relaxation(i.e., bronchodilation) suppression of the response of the airways to stimuli (i.e.,
nonbronchodilator prophylactic effects).
Interactions:
✓ Dipyridamole
✓ Febuxostat
✓ Riociguat
✓ Cimetidine
✓ Ciprofloxacin
✓ Cigarrete smoking
✓ Aminophylline
Contraindications:
✓ Active peptic ulcer disease
✓ Underlying uncontrolled seizure disorder
Adverse Effect:
Serum Concentration< 20mcg/ml
➢ Diarrhea,Nausea,Vomiting
➢ Diuresis
➢ Exfoliative Dermatitis
➢ Skeletal Muscle Tremors
➢ Tachycadia, Flutter
➢ Serum Concentration>30mcg/ml
➢ Acute Myocardial Infarction
➢ Seizures(resistant to anticonvulsants)
Mannitol
Mannitol is an osmotic diuretic. It induces diuresis by elevating the osmolarity of the glomerular filtrate
and thereby hindering tubular reabsorption of water. Excretion of chloride and sodium is also enhanced
➢ Cerebral oedema: by IV infusion, as1.5-2g/kg infused over 30-60minutes

➢ Raised intracranial or intraocularpressure: by IV infusion as 1.5-2g/kginfused over 30-
60minutes
Drug interaction
➢ Tobramycin
➢ Lurasidone
➢ Nitroglycerin
➢ Trobramycin inhaled
219
PHARMACOLOGY
Contra-indication
➢ Pulmonary oedema
➢ Severe congestive heart failure
➢ Severe dehydration
➢ Renal failure
Adverse effect
➢ Fluid and electrolyte imbalance

➢ Circulatory overload
➢ Chills
➢ Fever
➢ chest pain
➢ Acute renal failure(Large doses)
Magnesium Sulfate
Indications and Dosage:
Convulsions (treatment) – Intravenous magnesium sulfate (magnesium sulfate(magnesium sulfate
injection) injection) is indicated for immediate control of life-threatening convulsions in the treatment of
severe toxemias(pre-eclampsia and eclampsia) of pregnancy1 to 4 g magnesium sulfate (magnesium
sulfate(magnesium sulfate injection) injection) may begiven intravenously in 10% to 20% solution
• It produces anticonvulsant effect bydecreasing the amount of acetylcholinereleased at end

plate by motor nerveimpulse
• Promotes movement ofcalcium,potassium and sodium in and outand stabilizes excitable
membranes
Interactions:
• Doxycycline
• Tetracycline
• Minocycline
• Ciprofloxacin
Contraindication:
• Hypersensitivity
• Myocardial damage
• Heart block
• Hypermagnesemia
• Hypercalcemia
• Pregnancy Category: D
Adverse Effects:
• Circulatory Collapse
• Respiratory paralysis
• Hypotension
• Flushing
• Depressed cardiac function
• Drowsiness
220
PHARMACOLOGY
HEPARIN
Indications And Dosage:
INDICATION ; Deep Vein Thrombosisthrombosis, emboli, unstable anginaDose ;Treatment of deep-vein
thrombosis and pulmonary embolism ; by injection Adult loadingdose of 500units [in severe pulmonary
embolism1000 units
Prophylaxis in general surgery ,by SC injectionAdult 2000units before surgery and then every 8-12hrs for 7
days.
• Prevents blood clotting by its antithrombinactivity. It directly suppresses the activity of

thrombin
• Combines with antithrombin III (a proteaseinhibitor present in circulation) and removes

thrombin from circulation
• Inactivates the active form of other clotting factors like IX, X, XI and XII
Interactions:
Argatroban
• Bivalirudin
• Dabigatran
• Desirudin
Contraindication:
• Haemophilia
• Thrombocytopenia
• Peptic ulcer
• Cerebral haemorrhage
• Severe hypertension
• Renal & liver disease
•
Adverse Effects:
• Heparin Induced Thrombocytopenia

• Hematoma
• Hemorrhage
• Erythema
• Immune hypersensitivity reaction
Epinephrine
Mechanism of action
It acts by stimulating the à and ß-receptors of the adrenergic neurons of sympathetic nervous
system. Its alpha adrenergic effects is much strongerthan the beta adrenergic effects
• Cardiac Arrest: 1mg IV of 1:10000 solutionevery 3-5 minutes or iv bolus(10ml)

• Anaphylaxis (type 1): iv bolus, 0.5-1.0ml, maybe repeated when necessary
221
PHARMACOLOGY
• Refractory bradycardia and hypotension: 2-10mcg/min.

• Asthma: 0.1-0.3mg SC or IM of 1:10,000solution.
Drug Interactions:
• Tranylcypromine
• Quinidine
• Amiodarone
• Amitriptyline
• Chlorpromazine
• Phenelzine
Contraindications:
• Narrow angle glaucoma

• Shock (other than anaphylactic shock)
• Individuals with organic brain damage
• Labor (may delay second stage)
• Coronary insufficiency
• Pregnant and breast feeding mothers.
Adverse effects of the drug:
• CNS: anxiety, fear, tension, headache, and tremor.

• Hemorrhage: The drug may induce cerebral hemorrhage as a result of a marked elevation
of blood pressure.
• Pulmonary edema
• Less serious side effects may include: sweating, nausea and vomiting, pale skin, feeling
short of breath, dizziness, weakness or tremors,headache, or feeling nervous or anxious.
Hydrocortisone
Mechanism of action:
• It reduces the inflammatory reaction by limiting the capillary dilatation and permeability
of the vascular structures.
• It also restrict the accumulation of polymorphonuclear leukocytes and macrophages and
reduce the release of vasoactive kinins.
• It also inhibit the release of destructiveenzymes that attack the injury debris anddestroy
normal tissue indiscriminately.
• Acute adrenocortical insufficiency

• Congenital Adrenal hyperplasia
*The initial dose of hydrocortisone is 100 mg to 500 mg, depending on the severity of the condition. This
dose may be repeated at intervals of 2, 4 or 6hours as indicated by the patient’s response and clinical
condition.
Drug interactions:
• Drugs such as phenobarbital, phenytoinand rifampin induces hepatic enzymes andincreases

the clearance of hydrocortisone.
• Drugs such as troleandomycin and ketoconazole may inhibit the metabolism
ofhydrocortisone and thus decrease theirclearance.
• When used with high dose aspirin, clearance of asprin increases.
222
PHARMACOLOGY
Contraindications:
• Premature infants
• Systemic fungal infections
• Hypersensitivity
• Sodium retention
• Congestive heart failure in susceptible patients
• Potassium loss
• Hypokalemic alkalosis
• Hypertension
• Convulsions
• Headache
• Abdominal distention
• Loss of muscle mass
Diazepam
Mechanism of action:
✓ It acts by binding to GABA –A receptors(post synaptic receptors) and increasesit’s

frequency of opening, leading topotentiate the GABA effects.
✓ This opening leads to a increasedconductance to chloride ions, whichproduces membrane
hyperpolarization,this induces a neuronal inhibition whichresults in its sedative action.
✓ SEIZURE DISORDERS: 0.2mg/kg repeat after 4-12 hrs

✓ MUSCLE SPASMS:5-10mg IV/IM initially STATUS EPILEPTICUS: 5-10mg IV/IM not
to exceed 30mg
✓ Sedation—Midazolam is indicated for thesedation of patients in intensive care
settings,including intubated patients receiving mechanicalventilation
✓ Anesthesia, general, adjunct
Drug interactions:
✓ Sodium Oxybate
✓ Carbamezipine
✓ Cimetidine
✓ Clamithromycin
✓ Rifampin
Contraindications:
✓ Acute alcohol intoxication
✓ Children < 6 months
✓ Breastfeeding
✓ Sleep Apnea
✓ Severe Respiratory Depression
223
PHARMACOLOGY
✓ Hypotension
✓ Fatigue
✓ Respiratory depression
✓ Blurred vision
✓ Headache
✓ Dysarthria
Dextrose 50%
✓ Documented hypoglycemia
✓ Seizures of unknown etiology
✓ Cerebral/meningeal edema related to eclampsia
✓ Coma of unknown cause
✓ Refractory cardiac arrest
Adult dose: 12.5 - 25 gm D50W slow IV,repeat if needed.
Drug interaction:
Minor interactions include:
Magnesium Chloride
Magnesium citrate
Magnesium Hydroxide
Contrainidications:
✓ Hyperglycemia
✓ Anuria
✓ Intracranial or Intraspinal haemorrhage
✓ Diabetic coma
✓ Hyperosmolarity
✓ Edema
✓ Phlebitis at injection site
✓ Hyperglycemia and glycosuria
✓ Fluid overload
✓ Cerebral Haemorrhage
References:
Baynes, J., Dominiczak, M., Medical Biochemistry. Elsevier Limited; Third Edition (2009)
Goodman E (2010). Ketchum J, Kirby R. ed. Historical Contributions to the Human
Toxicology of Atropine. Eximdyne. pp. 120.
Britto MR, Hussey EK, Mydlow P, et al. Effect of enzyme inducers on ondansetron (OND)
metabolism in humans. Clin Pharmacol Ther 1997;61:228.
Villikka K, Kivisto KT, Neuvonen PJ. The effect of rifampin on the pharmacokinetics of
oral and intravenous ondansetron. Clin Pharmacol Ther 1999;65:377-381.
224
PHARMACOLOGY
Bryan E, Bledsoe; Robert S. Porter, Richard A. Cherry (2004). "Ch. 3". Intermediate
Emergency Care. Upper
Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Prentice Hill. pp. 26.
Essentials of Medical Pharmacology Sixth Edition KD TRIPATHI MD Ex-Director-
Professor and Head of Pharmacology Maulana Azad Medical College and associated LN
and GB Pant Hospitals New Delhi
https://www.marchofdimes.org/complications/treatments-for-preterm-labor.aspx
Ethnopharmacology: Definition & examples. (n.d.).
Study.com. https://study.com/academy/lesson/ethnopharmacology-definition-
examples.html
Mc Cuistion, Vuljoin-DiMaggio, Winton, Yeager. (2019). Pharmacology, A Patient -

Centered Nursing Process Approach (9th ed.). Elsevier.
http://downloads.lww.com/wolterskluwer_vitalstream_com/sample-
content/9781901831016_Karch/samples/Chapter_01.pdf
https://quizlet.com/264239151/pharmacology-chapter-3-cultural-considerations-flash-
cards/
(n.d.). Institute For Safe Medication Practices. https://www.ismp.org/tools/donotcrush.pdf
https://images.app.goo.gl/kfbG96xkuJnv3rgL6
https://images.app.goo.gl/m5Vjdnds7znnEWew6
http://www.fda.gov/safety/medwatch/default.htm
https://www.studocu.com/en-us/document/mount-saint-mary-college/pharmacology-
1/lecture-notes/chapter-3-cultural-considerations/2823133/view
https://study.com/academy/lesson/ethnopharmacology-definition-examples.html
https://www.google.com/url?sa=i&url=https%3A%2F%2F1.800.gay%3A443%2Fhttps%2Fupdatepublishing.com%2Fjour
nal%2Findex.php%2Fjmhe&psig=AOvVaw3UC890yetwKWvSvHK-
X0lQ&ust=1596599977661000&source=images&cd=vfe&ved=0CAIQjRxqFwoTCODLn
sPTgOsCFQAAAAAdAAAAABAD
https://www.google.com/url?sa=i&url=https%3A%2F%2F1.800.gay%3A443%2Fhttps%2Fwww.nursing.psu.edu%2Fcgne
%2F&psig=AOvVaw3FbDMs44ncFu0J8sapB9E0&ust=1596600856061000&source=im
ages&cd=vfe&ved=0CAIQjRxqFwoTCNCSvITWgOsCFQAAAAAdAAAAABAD
https://riitmc.doh.gov.ph/health-guide/
https://www.webmd.com/hiv-aids/aids-hiv-medication
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3773846/
https://nurseslabs.com/hiv-aids/
225
PHARMACOLOGY
https://www.immunologyresearchjournal.com/articles/immunosuppressive-drugs-in-
organ-transplantation-to-prevent-allograft-rejection-mode-of-action-and-side-effects.html
https://nurseslabs.com/immunosuppressants/
https://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/pubs/pinkbook/downloads/prinvac.pdf
https://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/repro/antineoplastic.html
https://www.mayoclinic.org/tests-procedures/cancer-treatment/about/pac-20393344
https://www.rnpedia.com/nursing-notes/medical-surgical-nursing-notes/cancer/
https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK542200/
https://www.drugs.com/drug-class/respiratory-agents.html
https://www.medicinenet.com/upper_respiratory_infection/article.htm
https://www.slideshare.net/mohanad09/lecture-2-upper-respiratory-tract?qid=5e15d526-
16d3-447c-a6b7-0d218ccc681b&v=&b=&from_search=7
https://www.medicalnewstoday.com/articles/324413
https://nurseslabs.com/bronchodilators-and-antiasthmatics/
https://nurseslabs.com/antianginal-drugs/
https://nurseslabs.com/antiarrhythmic-drugs/
https://nurseslabs.com/cardiotonic-inotropic-drugs/
https://www.cvpharmacology.com/diuretic/diuretics#:~:text=Mechanisms%20of%20diure
tic%20drugs,how%20the%20kidney%20handles%20sodium.&text=Most%20diuretics%
20produce%20diuresis%20by,of%20the%20renal%20tubular%20system.
226
PHARMACOLOGY
https://nurseslabs.com/drugs-affecting-coagulation/
https://nurseslabs.com/histamine-2-antagonists/
https://nurseslabs.com/proton-pump-inhibitors/
227

2 Pharma Module

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2 Pharma Module

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PHARMACOLOGY

CORE ETHICAL PRINCIPLES

A. Respect for Persons

Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria (McCuistion, et.al, 2019)

Beneficence is a duty to protect research subjects from harm. It includes assessing

OBJECTIVES AND PHASES OF PHARMACEUTICAL RESEARCH

Pre clinical trials

Human Clinical Experimentation

Phase II of drug testing

Phase III of drug testing

Phase IV of drug testing

Clinical Research Study Design

It is essential to have an applicable experimental design in response about some queries

DRUG STANDARDS AND LEGISLATION

1912 Shirley Amendment prohibited false therapeutic claims on drug labels

1951 Durham-Humphrey Amendment distinguished between drugs that could be sold

1962 Kefauver-Harris Amendment tightened controls on drug safety, especially

1970 Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act

1997 The Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act

2010 Patient Protection and Affordability Act

Nurse Practice Act in state that you work

Chemical name drug’s chemical structure

OVER THE COUNTER DRUGS

Always Read the Label

Tamper-Evident Packaging: An Important Safety Feature

What's On The Label

Below is an example of what the OTC medicine label looks like.

• Active Ingredient. Therapeutic substance in product; amount of active ingredient

Reading the Label: The Key to Proper Medicine Use

The manufacturers of OTC medicines sometimes make changes to their products or

The Label Also Tells You...

1) The nurse in the clinical research setting is knowledgeable about ethical

4) The nurse is interviewing a patient in a Phase I clinical trial. Which patient

a. Review of new drugs is accelerated.

McCuistion, et.al, 2019

Metabolism (biotransformation) process by which the body chemically changes drugs

Primary Effect vs. Secondary effect

Agonists receptors are activated thereby producing a desired response

Mechanism of Drug Action

- can be managed with dose adjustment or change with same class

Drug-nutrient interactions Food may increase, decrease, or delay drug response.

Pharmacokinetic interactions changes occurring in absorption, distribution,

1. The patient is scheduled to receive an enteric-coated tablet immediately after a

8. A nurse is administering two highly protein-bound drugs to the patient. Which is

9. The nurse is administering medications to a patient with chronic renal failure.

Principle of Atraumatic Care

Nursing Process: Family-Centered Collaborative Care

3. A toddler requires an oral medication. It is most appropriate for the nurse to

Fill in the blanks.

Physiologic changes influencing the absorption, distribution, metabolism, &

Liver functions Tests

Adherence compliance of patients in taking their medications as prescribed (eg, twice

- advise patient to complete vial of life

Barriers to drug effectiveness

Ethnomedicine sometimes referred to as folk or traditional medicine

Ethnopharmacology studies natural medicines derived from plants and other

Communication Verbal and nonverbal Nurses must be alert to different communication

Biological Variations Genographic Project: DNA testing was performed on all

Complementary health therapies

Alternative health therapies

Genomes a complete set of chromosomes and make up a cells DNA

1. Which statement reflects the physiological response of individuals of African descent

3. What communication style is characteristic of people of European descent?

6. Which factor(s) may affect a patients physiological responses to a drug?

caution with diabetics because can lead to hypoglycemia

when combined with diabetic drugs it can lead to hypoglycemia